Annual Report
2025
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S
rvang 3, DK-2620 Albertslund, Denmark
CVR no. 58 21 06 17
B
r
a
c
k
e
t
s
T
o
o
l
s
W
a
t
e
r
s
u
p
p
l
y
D
r
a
i
n
&
S
e
w
a
g
e
E
l
e
c
t
r
i
c
a
l
S
a
n
i
t
a
r
y
w
a
r
e
s
H
V
A
C
S
u
p
p
l
i
e
r
s
C
e
n
t
r
a
l
W
a
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
B
2
C
S
h
o
w
r
o
o
m
s
B
2
C
W
e
b
s
h
o
p
s
B
2
B
I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
o
n
B
2
B
A
p
p
&
W
e
b
s
h
o
p
s
C
a
l
l
c
e
n
t
e
r
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
a
l
e
B
2
B
S
t
o
r
e
s
S
a
l
e
s
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
A
e
r
s
a
l
e
D
e
l
i
v
e
r
y
A
O
3
6
5
S
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
S
a
l
e
A
d
v
i
c
e
I
n
s
p
i
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
The customer
is at the centre of
everything that
we do at AO and
has been at the
core ever since we
were founded
Tradesmen
B2B
Construction
B2B
AO
employee
Consumers
B2C
Business
model
AO's omni-channel business model secures a
coherent customer experience for all customers
across touchpoints.
AO works with more than 1,000 suppliers and is continuously expanding our
range of products to target more customers and support one-stop-shopping.
The automated central warehouse in Albertslund and the logistics centre in
Horsens are corner stones in AO. 90% of all products are picked automatically,
thus ensuring both high ser vice quality and efficiency.
AO's product range and service are promoted across a number of different sales
channels that support the individual customer's preference.
AO is providing the best of two worlds via value-added digital services and close
customer relations through our local stores.
Moder n wholesaling is a matter of offering the right products at the right prices
and making customerslives as simple and as flexible as possible. The AO365
concept is one such example. With AO365, customers hold a digital key to all AO
stores, - securing both convenience and f lexibility for the individual customer.
AO's employees are a key ressource in ensuring that the business model works.
The knowledge and experience with the team is a significant value-add for the
entire value chain.
1.
Suppliers
More than 1,000 suppliers
provide the widest product
range in the wholesale
business
3.
Sales
channels
Omnichannel business
with 54 physical stores
in Denmark and sixe in
Sweden enabling 9,000
daily customer interactions.
Digital share of sales makes
up 53% of revenue. B2C
customers are served out
of more than 20 unique
webshops
2.
Central
warehouse
Automated warehouse
solution ready to serve
growth. 600,000 SKUs
available for sale
4.
Services
As a true omnichannel
business AO offers a
wide range of ser vices
from selfservice through
AO365 to advanced
project advice via our
compentency centres
In brief Performance Corporate governance Sustainabilit y statements
Strateg y
Financial statementsAnnual Report 2024
13
In brief
4 Our purpose
5 At a glance
6 Performance highlights
7 ESG highlights
8 Letter from the CEO
9 Highlights of the year
10 Five year summary
11 Outlook for 2026
Strategy
13 Business model
14 Industry and market trends
15 Corporate strategy
17 Strategic ambitions
Performance
19 Financial results
21 Q4 financials
22 B2B performance
23 B2C performance
Corporate governance
25 Risk management
29 Corporate governance
31 Board of Directors
36 Executive Board
37 Shareholder information
Sustainability statement
41 Executive summary
49 General
65 Environment
83 Social
98 Governance
Financial statements
105 Consolidated financial
statements
147 Parent company financial
statements
Managements statement
and Auditor’s reports
176 Management’s statement
177 Independent Auditor’s Reports
180 Independent Auditor's limited
assurance report on the
Sustainability Statement
Company information
183 Company information
Contents
Follow us
Business model
13
Sustainability Statements
40
Management's review Financial statements
2AO Annual Report 2025
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
4 Our purpose
5 At a glance
6 Performance highlights
7 ESG highlights
8 Letter from the CEO
9 Highlights of the year
10 Five year summary
11 Outlook for 2026
In brief
AO Annual Report 2025 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Our purpose
AO was founded in 1914 with the purpose of creating value for our
customers. The purpose remains as relevant today as it was then.
In AO, we lend a hand. We are determined to contribute to making
our customers' lives easier. No matter the market conditions or the
current mega trends, walking an extra mile for the customer will always
be the AO way. AO is proud to be part of the customer team!
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
4AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
2025
Q4
At a glance
DK East
30
DK West
25
Sweden
9
Our long-term ambitions
Beat the market by
2%
year by year
EBITDA margin of
10%
9,30 0
daily customer interactions in our stores
Denmark 11
Norway 5
Sweden 4
Germany 2
Other 2
Showrooms 2
Stores
Solvency
40%+
and a net interest
bearing debt
of between 1.0-2.5
times EBITDA
Segments
24 B2C Webshops and 2 showrooms
B2B
82.1%
Serving the construction
industry and professional
tradesmen
B2B
79.4%
Serving the construction
industry and professional
tradesmen
B2C
17.9 %
Serving private DIY
consumers
B2C
20.6%
Serving private DIY
consumers
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
5AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
4,800
1,485
2021
5,375
1,119
417
702
2022
5,261
1,310
492
819
2023
5,429
1,234
405
829
2024
6,121
1,266
366 434
900 1,051
2025
6.1
784 889 912 968
24.3%
14.6%
6.0
8.7%
23.3%
15.2%
5.8
9.1%
24.4%
15.8%
5.6
5.7
7.7%
23.5%
16.6%
1,078
6.7%
7.1%
23.3%
17.2%
FTE
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
Revenue
(MDKK)
Gross profit
(MDKK)
EBITDA
(MDKK)
Cost of doing
business* (MDKK)
Gross profit
Gross profit margin
EBITDA
Margin
Cost of doing business
Cost of doing business ratio
Net revenue
Revenue per employee
Performance highlights
* Defined as the difference between Gross profit and EBITDA.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
6AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
Scope 3 results
overview*
t CO
2
e
Ta rget
2025
-64%
2020
Baseline
1,835
tonnes CO
2
1,794
tonnes CO
2
1,692
tonnes CO
2
1,563
tonnes CO
2
965
tonnes CO
2
2021 2022 2023 2024
660
tonnes CO
2
ESG highlights
AO’s first official CO₂ reduction target was to reduce emissions
in Denmark by 50% by 2025, which has now been achieved:
Scope 3 distribution on group level mapped for 2025:
Use of sold products is the main contributor to our scope 3 emissions
Purchasing patterns:
18%
Asia
1%
Other countries
81%
of our purchases
originates from Europe
73%
Cat 11 - Use of Sold
Products
23%
Cat 1 - Purchased
G&S
3%
Cat 4 - Upstream
transportation
1%
Other categories
Fuel for company vehicles Fuel for forklifts Gas for heating
Electricity District Heating ■ Electricity for company vehicles
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
7AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
Geopolitical uncertainty remained
unusually high throughout 2025.
While we hope for a more stable
environment, it is our assessment
that rapid changes in business
dynamics will continue to be a
condition we must adapt to going
forward.
I am pleased to note that AO
delivered strong growth of 13%
in 2025. Both organic growth and
growth from acquired businesses
contributed positively to the
development.
For the first time ever, B2B activities surpassed the DKK
5 billion revenue milestone, and B2C exceeded DKK 1
billion in revenue.
I am particularly satisfied that AO strengthened its gross
margin, which increased from 23.3% in 2024 to 24.3% in
2025. This development reflects the successful execu-
tion of several strategic initiatives.
Our new family members, AO Workwear, VVS Kupp and
Svenska VA Grossisten, all delivered strong performances.
We saw high growth across the companies, and both AO
Workwear and VVS Kupp more than doubled earnings
compared to 2024. In AO Sweden, 2025 was a historic year
with three new sites opened in the Stockholm area.
In times of uncertainty, it becomes even more important
to remain clear on what AO aims to achieve and how we
position the company for the future.
In 2025, we reshaped our growth initiatives and the initi-
atives enabling future growth. Our ambition is to accel-
erate across all key areas – sales, profitability, speed
and competencies.
Letter from the CEO
AO reached important
milestones in 2025
In 2026, we will continue strengthening AO’s core
business while accelerating investments to prepare for
the future. In addition to normal cost inflation, I expect
extraordinary SG&A spending of at least DKK 25 million
related to new technology, further IT modernisation
and the addition of new competencies to support future
growth. In the short term, this will impact results, but
over time it will position AO even stronger to grow profit-
ably and achieve our ambitions.
We expect the market in 2026 to show modest organic
growth. However, as AO aims to grow faster than the
market, we expect revenue growth of 5% to 8% in 2026
and an EBITDA in the range of DKK 460–500m.
Finally, I would like to personally thank all AO employees
for their loyalty, dedication and hard work throughout
2025.
Best regards,
Niels A. Johansen
CEO
Niels A. Johansen CEO
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
8AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
Highlights of the year
AO saw a high growth in 2025,
with sales now 50% higher than in
2020.
During 2025, AO took important,
strategic steps to facilitate our
future growth agenda.
The acquisition of Svenska VA Grossisten in
Vallentuna in 2024 marked AO´s entrance to
the Stockholm area. In 2025, three additional
stores have been opened in Västes, Uppsala
and Örebro.
In mid-2025, AO announced the acquisition of
the Danish website VVS-Eksperten, effective
from 2 January 2026. The acquisition will further
strengthen the portfolio of webshops within the
Danish B2C business.
The three companies acquired in 2024 have
proved to be a valuable addition to AO. Their
combined revenues in 2025 have been 23%
higher than their full year revenues for 2024,
and their earnings improved 85% compared
to full year numbers for 2024.
The 55 B2B stores in Denmark have ensured
significant growth in B2B and further strength-
ened the leading position AO holds within
ReMoVe. Customer visits increased to an average
of 9,300 daily customer interactions.
Two new B2C showrooms opened during 2025
in Lyngby and Ishøj. The showroom experience
is a valued offering to customers seeking a
touch and feel” experience as part of their
purchase decision.
Additional warehouse capacity of 5,500 m
2
(70,000 m
3
) is being established to facilitate
further growth and efficiency.
Strategic steps
preparing for the future
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
9AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
Five year summary
(mDKK) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Key figures
Revenue 6,120.8 5,429.3 5,261.0 5,375.0 4,800.5
Gross margin 1,485.0 1,266.3 1,234.3 1,310.3 1,119.3
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortisation (EBITDA) 434.0 366.0 405.3 491.6 417.2
Operating profit or loss (EBIT) 292.6 246.1 292.2 383.6 316.7
Financial income and expenses, net (32.5) (36.0) (30.4) (6.1) 9.4
Profit or loss before tax (EBT) 260.1 210.1 261.8 37 7.4 326.1
Tax on profit or loss for the year (59.4) (46.7) (55.7) (83.0) (72.3)
Net profit or loss for the year 200.7 163.4 206.1 294.5 253.8
Non-current assets 2,378.5 2,231.1 1,805.9 1,727.3 1,472.7
Current assets 1,717.5 1,556.3 1,436.5 1,591.0 1,235.9
Total assets 4,096.0 3,787.4 3,242.4 3,318.3 2,708.5
Share capital 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0
Equity 1,668.0 1,536.3 1,475.3 1,407.5 1,239.9
Non-current liabilities 766.4 831.6 535.2 539.5 295.9
Net Interest bearing debt 1,049.0 992.6 521.7 542.5 331.7
Current liabilities 1,661.6 1,419.5 1,231.9 1,371.4 1,172.7
Cash flow from operating activities 312.4 199.2 346.4 215.8 308.1
Cash flow from investing activities (200.1) (465.4) (130.2) (333.3) (212.7)
Of which investments in property, plant and
equipment, net (134.5) (116.2) (94.8) (164.5) (170.5)
Cash flow from financing activities (106.3) 232.1 (161.7) 15.5 (91.6)
Cash flow for the year 6.0 (34.1) 54.5 (102.0) 3.7
2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Financial ratios
Organic growth 8.4% (1.0%) (5.1%) 7.7% 16.3%
Gross profit margin 24.3% 23.3% 23.5% 24.4% 23.3%
EBITDA margin 7.1% 6.7% 7.7% 9.1% 8.7%
EBIT margin 4.8% 4.5% 5.6% 7.1% 6.6%
Return on capital employed 7.4% 7.0% 8.9% 12.7% 12.4%
Return on equity 12.5% 10.9% 14.3% 22.2% 22.4%
Net gearing 2.4 2.7 1.3 1.1 0.5
Solvency ratio 40.7% 40.6% 45.5% 42.4% 45.8%
Book value* 59.6 54.9 52.7 50.3 44.3
Share price at the end of the year** 94.4 78.6 70.3 83.1 136.0
Price Earnings Basic (P/E Basic) 12.8 13.1 9.3 7.7 14.6
Dividend per DKK 1 share ** 3.75 3.0 3.75 5.25 4.5
Earnings per share (EPS Basic), DKK ** 7.4 6.0 7.6 10.8 9.3
Diluted earnings per share (EPS-D), DKK ** 7.3 6.0 7.6 10.8 9.3
Number of employees (FTE average) 1,078 968 912 889 784
Number of employees excluding temporary
workers (FTE average) 1,004 899 841 822 705
Number of employees at year-end (FTE) 1,018 981 833 850 734
Basic EPS and diluted EPS have been calculated in accordance with IAS 33. Other financial ratios have been prepared in accordance with the CFA
Society Denmark's 'Recommendations and Financial Ratios'. See definition of key figures on page 168
* Financial ratios for the respective periods have been restated retroactively for the share split.
** Comparative figures related to shares have been restated to reflect share split in 2022.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
10AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
Outlook for 2026
Sensitivity to the outlook for 2026:
Geopolitical and macroeconomic tensions bring higher uncertainty to estimates than normally.
Continued change in the geopolitical and macroeconomic climate, supply disruptions and devel-
opments in raw material prices and interest rates may impact outlook for 2026.
Organic growth and gross margins are sensitive to revenue mix from ReMoVe versus projects and
to price pressure driven by competition.
Follow-up on previously announced outlook for 2025
Revenue ended at DKK 6,121m, corresponding to revenue
growth of 13%.
EBITDA for the year amounted to DKK 434m, corre-
sponding to 7.1% of net sales, and profit before tax
amounted to DKK 260m, corresponding to 4.2% of
net sales of DKK 6,121m. This is in line with the latest
outlook announced on 29 October 2025 of net sales of
DKK 6,0006,100m, EBITDA of DKK 420–440m, and
profit before tax in the range of DKK 245–265m.
2026 outlook
AO is in a strong position to continue growing the busi-
ness, supported by the current momentum in the Group.
It remains AO’s ambition to achieve annual growth at
least 2% above market growth.
Market activity is expected to show moderate growth of
1–3% in 2026. AOs momentum and the full-year effect
from acquired companies are expected to drive total
revenue growth of 5–8%.
Competition and pressure on gross profit margins
are expected to remain fierce. However, as residen-
tial construction and project activity are expected to
increase and interest rates are expected to remain
stable, customer demand and wholesale supply are
expected to gradually become more balanced.
In addition to normal cost inflation, additional costs of at
least DKK 25m are expected, primarily related to invest-
ments in new technology and the recruitment of new
competencies to support future growth.
Depreciation and amortisation are expected to increase
by approximately DKK 25m compared to 2025, reflecting
the higher investment levels in previous years.
Based on the above estimates and assumptions, AO
expects revenue of DKK 6,4006,600m, EBITDA in the
range of DKK 460–500m, and profit before tax in the
range of DKK 260300m.
The 2026 guidance is as follows
2025
Revenue, (mDKK)
6,121
EBITDA, (mDKK)
434
EBT, (mDKK)
260
Outlook 2026
6,400 – 6,600
Growth 4.6% to 7.8%
460 – 500
EBITDA margin 7.0% to 7.8%
260 – 300
EBT margin 3.9% to 4.7%
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
11AO Annual Report 2025
Our purpose At a glance Performance highlights ESG highlights Letter from the CEO Highlights of the year Five year summary Outlook for 2026
13 Business model
14 Industry and market trends
15 Corporate strategy
17 Strategic ambitions
Strategy
AO Annual Report 2025 12
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
W
o
r
k
w
e
a
r
T
o
o
l
s
&
b
r
a
c
k
e
t
s
W
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
p
l
y
D
r
a
i
n
a
g
e
,
s
e
w
a
g
e
a
n
d
c
l
i
m
a
t
e
E
n
e
r
g
y
E
l
e
c
t
r
i
c
a
l
H
V
A
C
S
u
p
p
l
i
e
r
s
C
e
n
t
r
a
l
W
a
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
B
2
C
S
h
o
w
r
o
o
m
s
B
2
C
W
e
b
s
h
o
p
s
B
2
B
I
n
t
e
g
r
a
t
i
o
n
B
2
B
a
p
p
&
W
e
b
s
h
o
p
s
C
a
l
l
c
e
n
t
e
r
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
a
l
e
B
2
B
s
t
o
r
e
s
S
a
l
e
s
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
A
e
r
s
a
l
e
D
e
l
i
v
e
r
y
A
O
3
6
5
S
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
S
a
l
e
A
d
v
i
c
e
I
n
s
p
i
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
The customer
is at the centre of
everything that
we do at AO and
has been at the
core ever since we
were founded
Tradesmen
B2B
Construction
B2B
AO
employee
Consumers
B2C
Business model
SBM-1 AO’s omnichannel model meets
customers wherever they are.
AOs omnichannel business model is designed to meet customers where they are,
delivering a seamless customer experience across all touchpoints. By combining
digital solutions with a strong physical presence, AO ensures accessibility, flexi-
bility, and high service levels for both professional and private customers.
AO works with more than 1,000 suppliers and continuously expands its product
range to support one-stop shopping. The automated central warehouse in Albert-
slund and the logistics centre in Horsens are the cornerstone of AO’s operations.
Approximately 90% of all products are picked automatically, ensuring high service
quality, reliability, and efficiency.
AOs products and services are offered across multiple sales channels, enabling
customers to interact with AO according to their individual preferences. Value-
adding digital services are combined with close customer relationships through
local stores, delivering the best of both worlds.
Modern wholesaling is about offering the right products at the right prices, deliv-
ered at the right time, while making customers’ lives as simple and flexible as
possible. The AO365 concept exemplifies this approach by providing customers
with a digital key and 24/7 access to AOs locations.
AOs employees are a key resource in executing the business model. Their knowl-
edge and experience create value across the entire value chain and support the
delivery of AO’s omnichannel offering.
1.
Suppliers
More than 1,000 suppliers
provide the widest product
range in the wholesale
business
3.
Sales
channels
Omnichannel business
with 55 physical stores
in Denmark and nine in
Sweden enabling 9,300
daily customer interactions.
Digital share of sales makes
up 53% of revenue. B2C
customers are served out
of more than 20 unique
webshops
2.
Central
warehouse
Automated warehouse
solution ready to serve
growth. 600,000 SKUs
available for sale
4.
Services
As a true omnichannel
business AO offers a
wide range of services
from self-service through
AO365 to advanced
project advice via our
competency centres
13AO Annual Report 2025
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Business model Industry and market trends Corporate strategy Strategic ambitions
Green transition
The construction sector is among the
industries with the greatest negative
climate and environmental impact.
This increases the focus from legis-
lators and builders on reducing CO
emissions and promoting circular solu-
tions, including reuse and recycling.
Customers are increasingly choosing
certified products and solutions. AO is
Everydays Green Partner, delivering
concrete solutions that make the green
transition a sound business case
for customers and AO alike — while
helping the planet
Digitalisation & AI
Digitalisation remains a key focus area
for AO and the construction industry
and will continue to drive growth
and efficiency. The digital customer
journey is shifting from basic solutions
to AI-based services such as ChatGPT
and AI agents. AO must deliver visi-
bility and relevance across AI-driven
purchasing journeys in both B2B and
B2C.
AO aims to be at the forefront of
leveraging AI to make digital systems
smarter and more efficient. This
creates significant opportunities to
simplify everyday tasks and deliver
more personalised solutions.
Consolidation
More installers are joining forces
through mergers or by becoming
part of purchasing associations. This
enables them to buy at lower prices
and offer a broader range of solutions.
Consolidation increases competition
among the major players and poses
a growing risk to AO’s earnings, as it
leads to a relatively weaker negoti-
ating position.
AO will differentiate by clearly distin-
guishing between large and small
customers, ensuring that customers
seeking the lowest market prices are
not over-serviced.
Climate adaptation
Climate change requires both Denmark
and Sweden to invest in water infra-
structure, local drainage systems,
and stormwater management. Climate
adaptation includes storing, treating,
and reusing rainwater.
In urban environments, green roofs,
façades, and trees can also help
prevent flooding during heavy rainfall.
AO is well positioned, together with
its suppliers, to benefit from this
trend once regulatory frameworks and
investment willingness are clarified.
Electrification
Electrification involves replacing
fossil fuels with electricity and the
associated infrastructure. The trans-
port sector plays a key role, alongside
the electrification of buildings and
industry, where fossil fuels are phased
out in favour of electric solutions such
as heat pumps and energy-efficient
systems.
AO supports electrification by offering
a broad product range that enables
the electrification of society and will
continue to expand its competencies
and assortment.
Structural Shortage
of Skilled Labour
The shortage of skilled labour is a
structural megatrend in the installation
sector and is expected to intensify.
Capacity constraints are increasingly
limiting customers’ ability to take on
new projects, with Denmark facing
a projected shortfall of up to 10,000
electrical and technical workers by
2035. This drives demand for more
efficient sales processes, logistics and
digital solutions that help customers
through streamlined sales processes,
reliable and flexible logistics, and
digital documentation solutions—
enabling customers to do more with
fewer resources.
Industry and
market trends
AO's strategy is shaped by the prevailing megatrends
that exert influence on the current market landscape.
These trends present both challenges and significant
opportunities for AO's business development.
The dominant themes within these market trends
revolve around the green transition, climate changes,
and the escalating pace of digitalisation.
These trends have been categorised into six
megatrends that steer our strategic focus areas.
14AO Annual Report 2025
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Business model Industry and market trends Corporate strategy Strategic ambitions
We lend
a hand
The Group’s strategy is to serve the professional
market via AO in Denmark and Sweden and to serve
the private markets in Denmark, Norway and Sweden
via our portfolio of differentiated webshops run on a
common platform.
In the professional market, it is AO's ambition to be
the preferred supplier of technical installation mate-
rials for tradesmen and large construction customers.
As a rule of thumb, the ReMoVe market represents
about 70%, while project sales represent about 30%.
Corporate
strategy
At AO, the customer is at the heart of everything
we do and develop. We want to create value for
our professional and private customers. That’s
something we aim to do every single day, and
why we say: “We lend a hand”. It builds on AO's
genuine and heartfelt interest in understanding
the present and future needs of our customers and
being able to support them.
Part of the team
AO is as much a sparring partner as a wholesaler.
And we are proud to be part of the team when the
tradesmen renovate, modernise and maintain
Denmark. It is our strategy to remain the leader
in the ReMoVe business by continuing the
development of the value creation in our omni-
channel offerings.
Towards common goals
AO's projects department creates a
secure framework for large construction
projects. We are not only focused
on the offer, but also on ensuring
that your project gets done better,
cheaper and faster. It is our strategy
to become one of the best partners to
construction customers, by developing
new digital support services.
It pays to start in
the right place
AO has the industry's most complete B2C offer
within simple home improvements and DIY. We
are close to the customers with all the inspi-
ration, advice and service they need. It is our
strategy to remain the online leader in DIY, by
continuing to offer new product ranges and solu-
tions, and thus making DIY easier.
Actively contributing to
a sustainable world
AO wants to be the leading green
wholesaler to the construction industry
and make it easy for all installers to
comply with climate requirements, and to
ensure a minimal environmental impact.
AO wishes to help promote a sustainable
world by supporting and contributing
to a sustainable construction sector.
15AO Annual Report 2025
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Business model Industry and market trends Corporate strategy Strategic ambitions
Our strategy is to continue to innovate and develop our
omni-channel offerings – a hybrid business strategy,
embracing the human touch in physical and digital touch-
points and securing efficiency, flexibility and scalability
via digitalised stores and harvesting the best of two
worlds. We will continue to expand our product range and
utilise it across target groups.
We aim to increase the business in Sweden too as we see
a strong potential for organic growth.
The larger construction projects are served via our
Group projects department with competencies targeting
the special needs of the construction industry. We will
increase both the digital, logistics and advisory services,
and we will make it easy to comply with the increasing
sustainability needs and requirements.
In the private DIY market, it's AO’s ambition to be the
leading online trading platform for the sale of technical
home improvement materials in Denmark and one of the
leading online platforms in Sweden and Norway.
We will continue to evaluate opportunities within M&A in
both B2B and B2C.
At AO, we believe that everyone has a responsibility to
manage resources and opportunities in a responsible way,
ensuring the best possible conditions for future genera-
tions. That is why our climate ambitions are aligned with
science-based targets validated by the Science Based
Targets initiative (SBTi), committing AO to significant
reductions in greenhouse gas emissions across Scope
1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 as part of our long-term net-zero
ambition.
At AO, the customer is at
the heart of everything
we do and develop. We
want to create value for
our professional and
private customers. That's
something we aim to do
every single day, and why
we say: "We lend a hand".
16AO Annual Report 2025
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Business model Industry and market trends Corporate strategy Strategic ambitions
Strategic ambitions
Profitable growth
· It is a strategic priority for AO to maintain and expand the industry's best
B2B opportunities and the market's best B2C opportunities.
· The pressure on profit margins is estimated to remain high in the future,
but AO will pursue a profitable growth via an ambitious and data-driven
purchasing and pricing strategy.
· AO has the widest installer coverage with increasing cross-sell across
product categories. New growth opportunities await in new business
segments and in AO Sweden.
· AO´s omnichannel strategy secures both digital efficiency and close
customer relations
· It's AO´s ambition to beat the market with a minimum of 2% each year via
organic and acquisitive growth
High efficiency
· AO aims to continuously optimise internal and external processes, enabling
our teams to focus on complex, value-creating tasks for our customers
while automating simpler manual activities.
· AI has been heralded as the most important technology of our time. We
believe in a proactive approach to the use of artificial intelligence across
AO.
· AO has made substantial investments in optimising efficiency and
increasing capacity at the central warehouse in Albertslund and the Logis-
tics Centre West in Horsens. We will continue to exploit these synergies.
· It's our ambition to have the highest efficiency in the market and to reach
an EBITDA margin of 10%.
Solid foundation
· AO aims to attract and retain the industry’s best employees, fostering a
culture defined by agility, professionalism and well-being.
· At AO, we have the best team in the industry. An organisation rounded
out by AO's culture and with the industry's most loyal and experienced
employees. The most important thing for AO's future competitiveness is the
employees.
· IT plays a decisive role in AO's transformational power. It is crucial that AO
has an IT landscape that is agile, scalable and future-proof, so that we can
use as many resources as possible on development rather than operation.
· AO has a strong balance sheet and a robust capital structure, enabling AO
to resist headwind and to seize opportunities. AO has a gearing target of an
interest-bearing debt in the range 1.0-2.5 times EBITDA.
17AO Annual Report 2025
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Business model Industry and market trends Corporate strategy Strategic ambitions
19 Financial results
21 Q4 financials
22 B2B performance
23 B2C performance
Performance
AO Annual Report 2025 18
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Financial results
Financial results
Revenue
Organic revenue development was +8.4% (-1.0%) and
revenue for 2025 was DKK 6,121m (DKK 5,429m) just
above latest outlook from the Q3 report. On an organic
level, revenue development sustained the momentum
with 8.4% growth in the second half of the year.
Gross profit
Gross profit ended at DKK 1,485m (DKK 1,266m) corre-
sponding to a gross profit margin of 24.3% (23.3%).
Adjusted for the one-off gain from sale of real estate
in 2024 the gross profit margin improved by 1.2%-p.
Despite intense competition, the margin erosion within
the B2B sector has been successfully halted. Margins in
the B2C business have substantially improved helped by
full year effect from acquisitions.
External costs and staff costs
In total, the cost of doing business measured as external
operating costs and staff costs accounted for 17.2%
of revenue (16.6%). Cost levels are structurally higher
in the B2C business, and the increased share of B2C
revenue therefore drove a higher cost of doing business
for the Group. Approximately one third of the increase
in external operating costs and staff costs related to the
full-year effect of businesses acquired in 2024.
In 2025, AO delivered strong revenue growth of 12.7%, underpinned
by solid organic development and the full-year effect of acquisitions
completed in 2024. Approximately one third of the growth was
attributable to prior-year acquisitions. EBITDA amounted to DKK 434m
(DKK 366m), and the gross profit margin ended at 24.3% (23.3%).
Organic momentum was sustained throughout the year.
Strong growth underpinned
by organic momentum and
full-year acquisition effects
19
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Financial results Q4 financials B2B performance B2C performance
Year end FTEs were 1,018 (981) after opening additional
stores in Sweden.
EBITDA
EBITDA ended at DKK 434m (DKK 366m), corresponding
to an EBITDA margin of 7.1% (6.7%). Adjusted for the gain
from the sale of a builiding in 2024 the EBITDA margin
improved 0.6%-p. EBITDA margins have continued to
improve in the B2C business where a new scale has been
reached after the acquisitions during 2024. The results of
the segments are presented in the following pages.
Financials
Net financials amounted to DKK -33m (DKK -36m).
Interest rates have decreased slightly compared to 2024,
while the average debt level has been kept stable.
Earnings before tax (EBT)
EBT ended at DKK 260m (DKK 210m).
Income tax
Income tax amounted to DKK -59m (DKK -54m), corre-
sponding to an effective tax rate of 22.8% (22.2%).
Earnings after tax (EAT)
EAT ended at DKK 201m (DKK 163m).
Equity
At the end of the year equity amounted to DKK 1,668m
(DKK 1,536m). Thus, the solvency ratio at year-end was
40.7% (40.6%) and the target of maintaining a solvency
of 40%+ was achieved.
Cash flows
Average net working capital for the year was 7.0% (6.3%)
of revenue. Net working capital at the end of the year was
7.6% (7.1%) of revenue.
Cash flow from operating activities totalled DKK 312m
(DKK 199m) corresponding to 4.9% of revenue (3.7%).
Change in receivables was DKK -82m (DKK -65m) driven
by the Q4 activity as well as timing of payments.
Change in inventories contributed with a cash flow of
DKK -82m (DKK -2m).
Change in trade payables contributed with a cash flow of
DKK +114m (DKK -12m)
Cash flow from investing activities totalled DKK -200m
(DKK -465m) impacted by the investments in expansion
of the automated warehouse in Albertslund as well as IT
investments in integrations and new IT solutions.
Cash flow from financing activities was DKK -106m (DKK
+232m) reflecting a high level of dividend payouts.
Net interest bearing debt amounted to DKK 1,048m
(DKK 993m) at year-end. Financial gearing was 2.4 times
EBITDA (2.7 times). AO has a target gearing between 1.0
and 2.5 times EBITDA.
20
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Financial results Q4 financials B2B performance B2C performance
Q4 financials
Organic momentum carried into Q4 resulting in revenue growth of
7.9%. Solid B2B sales and growth in market share was supported by
satisfactory Black Week sales in the B2C segment. Margins improved
compared to last year further increasing the earnings for the quarter.
Revenue
Organic revenue development was +7.9% (+4.1%)
with growth in both segments. Q4 Revenue was DKK
1,673m (DKK 1,550m) and 2025 organic revenue
growth has been achieved in all four quarters of 2025.
Gross profit
Gross profit of DKK 429m (DKK 374m) corresponds to
a profit margin of 25.6% (24.1%). Strong B2C perfo-
mance as well as margin initiatives have increased
margins.
External expenses and staff costs
Driven by acquisitions external expenses and staff
cost in Q4 increased to DKK 280m (DKK 251m) corre-
sponding to a cost of doing business ratio of 16.7%
(16.2%). Higher share of B2C revenue increases cost
of doing business ratio driven by sales related costs.
EBITDA
EBITDA ended at DKK 149m (DKK 123m), corre-
sponding to an EBITDA margin of 8.9% (7.9%).
Earnings before tax (EBT)
EBT of the quarter ended at DKK 106m (DKK 80m).
MDKK Q4 2025 Q4 2024
Revenue 1,672.8 1,550.4
Cost of sales (1,244.2) (1,176.8)
Gross profit 428.6 373.6
Other operating income 0.4 0.4
Gross margin 429.1 374.0
External expenses (108.0) (92.2)
Staff costs (171.8) (158.7)
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) 149.3 123.1
Depreciation and amortisation (37.1) (32.5)
Operating profit or loss (EBIT) 112.2 90.6
Financial income 3.0 5.4
Financial expenses (9.5) (16.0)
Profit or loss before tax (EBT) 105.8 80.0
Tax on profit or loss for the year (21.4) (18.5)
Net profit or loss for the year 84.4 61.5
21
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Financial results Q4 financials B2B performance B2C performance
B2B performance
B2B
The B2B business services the professional tradesmen as well as
large construction companies through our omni-channel business
model. In Denmark, AO is the wholesaler with the broadest product
range serving more trades than our competitors. The B2B segment has
roughly 70% of its revenue within repair and maintenance and 30%
within projects. AO has gained market share in the Danish B2B market
for the full year as well as in Q4.
Revenue
Segment revenue was DKK 5,028m (DKK 4,623m) for
the year and DKK 1,329m (DKK 1,246m) for the quarter.
Organic momentum has been carrried through the year
and segment revenue exceeded 5bn for the first time.
Gross profit
Gross profit of DKK 1,123m (DKK 1,012m) corresponds
to a profit margin of 22.3% (21.9%) for the year. Fierce
competition remains but initiatives are taking effect.
Gross profit margin in Q4 at 22.9% (22.2%).
Direct expenses
Cost inflation as well as new hires have contributed to
an increase in direct expenses which ended at DKK 554m
(DKK 508m). Three new stores have been opened in
Sweden.
EBITDA
Segment EBITDA ended at DKK 568m (DKK 507m).
Distribution of sales channels
MDKK 2025 2024 Q4 2025 Q4 2024
Revenue 5,027.6 4,623.5 1,328.8 1,246.3
Cost of goods sold (3,706.6) (3,438.7) (970.8) (927.0)
Product margin 1,321.0 1,184.8 358.0 319.3
Distribution (198.5) (173.0) (53.1) (42.9)
Gross profit 1,122.5 1,011.8 304.9 276.4
Direct expenses (554.3) (504.7) (141.2) (128.2)
EBITDA before indirect expenses 568.2 507.1 163.7 148.2
Key figures
Gross margin % 22.3% 21.9% 22.9% 22.2%
EBITDA % 11.3% 11.0% 12.3% 11.9%
Physical
54%
Digital
46%
22
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Financial results Q4 financials B2B performance B2C performance
B2C performance
B2C
AO is the market leader within online DIY sales in Denmark and has
further strengthened its position across its core B2C categories during the
year. The Group holds leading positions within online DIY bathroom sales
in Norway and within workwear in Denmark. The B2C platform features an
extensive portfolio of specialized websites that address diverse customer
needs and markets. Supported by robust organic growth, this segment
has consistently expanded its contribution to Group revenue.
Revenue
Segment revenue was DKK 1,093m (DKK 806m) for the
year and DKK 344m (DKK 304m) for the quarter. The B2C
segment delivered a strong Q4, supported by solid 'Black
Week' sales. As a result, the B2C segment accounted for
more than 20% of Group revenue in Q4.
Gross profit
Gross profit of DKK 363m (DKK 240m) corresponds to a
profit margin of 33.2% (29.8%). A higher share of work-
wear and clothing increased the segment margins.
Direct expenses
In 2025, direct expenses increased to DKK 235m (DKK
168m). In the B2C segment, direct expenses comprise
Google-related costs that correlate with revenue growth.
Direct expenses in relation to the revenue were 21.5%
(20.9%).
EBITDA
Segment EBITDA ended at DKK 127m (DKK 72m) for the
year. New top line scale to the B2C business has shifted
the earning margins to be higher in the B2C segment.
Segment EBITDA margin grew to 15.8% (12.1%) in Q4.
Number of households serviced
MDKK 2025 2024 Q4 2025 Q4 2024
Revenue 1,093.2 805.8 344.0 304.1
Cost of goods sold (658.0) (504.7) (197.7) (182.7)
Product margin 435.2 301.1 146.3 121.4
Distribution (72.7) (60.8) (22.3) (23.6)
Gross profit 362.5 240.3 124.0 97.8
Direct expenses (235.1) (168.1) (69.7) (61.1)
EBITDA before indirect expenses 127.3 72.2 54.2 36.7
Key figures
Gross margin % 33.2% 29.8% 36.0% 32.2%
EBITDA % 11.6% 9.0% 15.8% 12.1%
460,7002024
520,6242025
23
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Financial results Q4 financials B2B performance B2C performance
25 Risk management
29 Corporate governance
31 Board of Directors
36 Executive Board
37 Shareholder information
Corporate
governance
AO Annual Report 2025 24
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Risk management
The identification and management of business
risks form part of the annual strategic plan for
the Group, which is approved by the Board of
Directors. The Executive Board and the Board
of Directors also establish the framework for
determination of credit risk, currency risk, interest
rate risk and liquidity risk.
Risk management is an integral part of the business management at AO.
We prioritise having the necessary competencies within the business areas
in which we operate. A yearly reassessment of risks and methods for risk
identification and management is conducted. To define risk appetite and
assess risks, risks are mapped in a classical risk model based on probability
(frequency) and financial impact.
Risk identification
The focus of the risk management process is to identify and evaluate opera-
tional and strategic risks for AO in the short, medium, and long term. These
risks are defined as events or developments that have a significant negative
impact on AO's ability to:
· achieve profit goals
· execute on the strategy
· maintain a 'license to operate'.
Both gross risks (inherent risk) and net risks (residual risk) are considered.
Gross risks are defined as the product of the consequence and probability of a
risk, assuming that no risk mitigation measures are in place. Net risks are the
product of the remaining risk after risk-reducing measures. Net risks should
align with AO's risk appetite.
Risk assessment
The significance of risks is assessed as a combination of the probability of the
risk materialising and the consequences if it does. The probability is evalu-
ated based on the frequency with which AO expects the risk to occur, while
the consequences are assessed on various parameters:
· impact on results (direct or indirect financial effect)
· impact on reputation
· compliance (license to operate, including personal safety).
Risk Management
The purpose of identifying, assessing, and subsequently managing risks is
to reduce net risk to an acceptable level in accordance with the decided level
of risk appetite. In the risk management system, we employ four strategies to
handle risks:
· avoid – cease or make changes to activities that pose risks.
· transfer – shift risk to a third party.
· mitigate – seek to minimise identified risks to an acceptable level.
· accept – monitor risk and create contingency plans if the risk occurs.
Dynamic risk adaption
Mitigation
Devise and
implement stra
tegies to reduce
the impact of
risks.
Reporting
Communication
of identified
risks and results
from analysis to
stakeholders.
Analysis
Evaluation of risk
nature, proba-
bility, and impact
across various
business aspects.
Identification
Systematic
recognition of
potential risks
within AO's
operations.
Ongoing key risk reassessment Tracking
25
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Probability of Ocurrence
Severity of Impact
Low High
High
Net risks
Changes to previously
identified risks
The risk assessment remains unchanged compared with the
previous year, with the same key risks identified and with no
material changes to the associated risk ratings.
A
Market and competition dynamics
B
Geopolitical and macroeconomic uncertainty
C
Credit Management
D
Global supply chain
E
Environmental & products master data
F
IT risks
G
Cyberattack
H
Dependency on service providers
Risk map
26
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Market and competition
dynamics
Geopolitical and
macroeconomic uncertainty
Credit
Management
Global supply chain
Description
Risk of new competitors entering into or expanding
in the Danish market. Continued and accelerating
consolidation amongst customer groups.
The risk is unchanged
Risk of market decline due to geopolitical or macro-
economic uncertainties.
The risk is unchanged
Risk of losses associated with extending credit to
customers.
The risk is unchanged
Risk of product unavailability due to supply chain
uncertainties.
The risk is unchanged
Impact
The risk of increased consolidation in the Danish
market creating stronger competitors and customers
with higher bargaining power could mean that AO
loses competitive advantages and is unable to meet
the goal of gaining market share or maintaining profit
margins.
Probability:
High
Impact:
High
Geopolitical uncertainties can lead to macroe-
conomic downturns involving inflation, rising
interest rates, increasing energy costs, etc. This
could impact the construction industry overall and
decrease market demand.
Probability:
High
Impact:
Medium
Customer credits are an established part of the
wholesale industry, and the majority of the group's
sales are conducted on credit. The risk increases
during downturns in the construction industry,
where the likelihood of sudden bankruptcies
among the customer base rises.
Probability:
Medium
Impact:
Medium
In the event that AO cannot supply the products
customers need, there is a risk of losing customers
to competitors, ultimately affecting revenue and
earnings.
Probability:
High
Impact:
Medium
Risk response
Mitigation
To minimise the potential impact, AO aims to continue
making it as easy and transparent as possible for
customers to trade with AO. Emphasis on streamlining
the supply chain and overhead costs is intended to
ensure that AO can remain competitive in terms of
pricing, even compared to larger competitors.
Acceptance
AO acknowledges that the risk cannot be entirely
avoided and actively monitors the actions of existing
and potential new competitors.
Acceptance
AO acknowledges that the risk cannot be entirely
avoided and actively works to monitor market
developments. In budgets and forecasts, AO estab-
lishes the foundation for business initiatives. AO
aims to have a scalable business with lower over-
head costs than competitors, which can mitigate
the impact.
Mitigation
AO has established a credit policy and continu-
ously monitors customers' outstanding balances.
Accounts with overdue balances are closed,
reducing the risk of further losses.
Transfer
AO insures larger customer engagements through
credit insurance, providing coverage against signif-
icant individual losses.
Acceptance
There is an acceptance of a certain level of risk in
customer credits.
Mitigation
AO collaborates closely with its key suppliers,
gaining an understanding of their supply situations.
In dialogue with the sales and procurement organ-
isation, min/max inventory levels are established,
and shortages are monitored. Where possible,
efforts are made to have alternative products and
suppliers for essential items. During crisis periods,
buffer stocks are built up to ensure AO can fulfil
customer orders.
High
Medium
DCA B
27
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
High
Medium
HGE F
Environmental &
products master data
IT risks Cyberattack
Dependency on
service providers
Description
Risk of not being able to adhere to regulatory and
customer driven demands for detailed data on envi-
ronmental impact of the products sold.
The risk is unchanged
Risk of breakdowns in business-critical systems,
including the failure to fully leverage IT integra-
tions.
The risk is unchanged
Risk of IT breakdown due to a cyberattack.
The risk is unchanged
Risk of discontinued service from key service
providers causing business disruptions.
The risk is unchanged
Impact
Inadequate product documentation can reduce
transparency in the assortment, making it harder
for customers to assess a product's environmental
impact. This may lead to lost business opportunities
as customers' expectations are not met. Additionally,
the required data collection from suppliers can be
challenging and requires significant effort in data
registration and validation.
Probability:
Medium
Impact:
Medium
Frequent but short-term IT outages resulting in
operational losses, leading to an inability to main-
tain the desired efficiency and service level for AO's
customers. There is a risk that the lack of optimisa-
tion in operations could result in productivity loss.
Probability:
Medium
Impact:
High
Business disruption due to compromised data,
denial-of-service attacks, ransomware, etc. are
among the consequences of a cyberattack. The
duration of such a business disruption can be
lengthy and have significant impact on AO's
ability to conduct business.
Probability:
High
Impact:
Medium
Sudden discontinued service from key service
providers could disrupt AO's ability to deliver
goods timely or negatively impact the efficiency
of the logistics. A lack of ability to live up to AO's
commitments towards customers could result in
loss of business affecting revenue and earnings.
Probability:
Medium
Impact:
High
Risk response
Mitigation
AO works primarily with major suppliers and a profes-
sional collaboration is established in order to get high
quality product documentation. Every effort is being
made to get EPDs (Environmental Product Documenta-
tion) on the products as well as information relevant
for certified construction projects such as Swan-la-
beled construction and DGNB.
AO is educating its own work force to support
customers in their efforts towards legal and regulatory
compliance. Master Data Governance plays an integral
part in ensuring availability of documentation.
Mitigation
AO collaborates closely with its key partners and
works on expanding a robust IT organisation to
support AO's activities.
Mitigation
AO has established an IT Security Council reporting
to AO's management, which provides guidelines for
AO's IT security. Business Continuity Plans are in
place to mitigate the impact.
Transfer
AO has obtained insurance coverage against
cyberattacks, thus reducing but not eliminating the
potential impact.
Mitigation
AO has a close collaboration with its key service
providers. On an ongoing basis AO coordinates
future demands for services with its suppliers in
order to ensure that needs are met. Alternative
suppliers are identified for key services.
28
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Corporate governance
The Board of Directors/Audit Committee and the Executive Board
have overall responsibility for the Groups internal controls and risk
management in connection with the financial reporting process,
including compliance with applicable legislation and other regulations
in relation to financial reporting.
AO has established internal control and risk management
systems to ensure that financial reporting is carried out
in accordance with IFRS and other accounting regulations
applicable to listed Danish companies. In addition, the
systems increase the certainty that the internal and
external financial reporting provides a true and fair pres-
entation that is free from material misstatement.
The Audit Committee monitors the control and risk
management systems in the Group on an ongoing basis.
In this context, risks that may affect the Groups financial
reporting process are likewise assessed on an ongoing
basis. The risk assessment is based on significant items
and other business-critical areas.
Two-tier governance structure
Shareholders
Executive Board
Organisation
Audit Committee Nomination Committee Remuneration Committee
Recommendations on corporate governance
All recommendations have been analysed and consid-
ered by the Board of Directors and the Executive Board of
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S, and the Board of Directors
is of the opinion that the management of Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S complies with the most important recom-
mendations in the report.
The company has opted to implement another approach
to five areas of the Danish Corporate Governance recom-
mendations in 2025, unchanged compared to 2024.
Board of Directors
Group Management
29
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
A summary of the areas where the Group has chosen
to follow a different practice is provided below:
· Given the company’s ownership structure, the Board
reserves the right to reject takeover bids in certain
cases without submission to shareholders.
· The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the
general management of the company while also
serving as a member of the Board.
· 3 out of 5 of the Directors elected by the Annual
General Meeting are not independent as they have
been members for more than 12 years.
· 2 out of 4 of the members of the Audit Committee are
not independent. This committee is made up solely of
members of the company’s Board of Directors, which
is why there is no requirement for independence. The
chair of the Audit Committee is independent.
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S has prepared a full report
on corporate governance for the 2025 financial year
under Section 107b of the Danish Financial Statements
Act. This can be viewed or downloaded at:
Corporate Governance 2025
https://ao.dk/globalassets/download/regnskabsdata/2025/
corporate_governance_2025-report.pdf
Reporting on the Danish Financial
Statements Act 107f:
AOs Board of Directors consists of eight members, of
whom five are elected by the Annual General Meeting and
three are employee-elected. Among the board members
elected by the Annual General Meeting, one member
is female, and the underrepresented gender therefore
represents 20%. Of the three employee-elected board
members, one member is female, and the underrepre-
sented gender therefore represents 33%.
Under the Danish Gender Balance Act, this composition is
considered an even gender distribution with regard to the
employee-elected board members, whereas AO does not
yet have an even gender distribution among the members
elected by the Annual General Meeting.
At present, the Executive Board consists of four
members, of whom one member is female.
In accordance with the definition in the Danish Gender
Balance Act, AO has six female members (30.0%) and 14
male members (70.0%) at other management levels. The
gender distribution at other management levels is not yet
considered even under the Danish Gender Balance Act.
Management has set a target for 30 June 2026 to increase
the representation of the underrepresented gender at
other management levels to more than 30%.
During 2025, Management adjusted the hiring process and
the internal promotion assessment process to support an
increase in the representation of the underrepresented
gender, including by ensuring that candidates from the
underrepresented gender are explicitly included among
the final candidates. Furthermore, the Board of Directors
will be considering options to increase the representa-
tion of the underrepresented gender among the board
members elected by the Annual General Meeting.
30
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Board of Directors
GOV-1 Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S’ Board of Directors comprises
a total of eight members who have been elected to protect the
interests of the shareholders as best as possible and to ensure an
appropriate and balanced development of the company both in the
short and the long term.
The Board of Directors oversees the overall and strategic
management of the company.
· Five members are elected by the General Meeting.
The holders of Class B shares have the right to elect
one Board member whereas the holders of Class A
shares elect the remaining Board members. The elec-
tion of Board members representing each individual
share class is determined by a simple majority of
votes. The Board members are elected for a period of
one year after which they may be re-elected.
· //Gov-1
In Denmark, the Companys employees elect three Board
members according to the current provisions of the
Danish Companies Act. Staff-elected Board members
are elected for a term of four years. In addition, the
Company’s employees also elect an equivalent number
of alternates who are elected for a similar term.//
Staff-elected Board members have good knowledge of
the Company’s activities and contribute in a construc-
tive way to the decisions of the Board, and they have
the same rights, duties, and responsibilities as Board
members elected by the General Meeting.
The Board of Directors holds meetings 6-7 times a year.
Audit Committee
The purpose of the Audit Committee's work is to make
an independent assessment of whether the Company's
financial reporting, internal control, risk management
and statutory audit are appropriate in relation to the
Company's and the Group's size and complexity. The
Board member elected by the Class B shareholders has
been appointed Chair of the Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee has the following tasks:
· to monitor and report on the financial reporting
process,
· to monitor and report on the sustainability reporting
process,
· to monitor the efficiency of the Company's internal
control, internal audit, if any, and risk management
systems,
· to monitor the statutory audit of the financial state-
ments and sustainability reports,
· to monitor and review the independence of the auditor,
including reviewing and approving the nature and
extent of the external auditor's non-audit services,
· to recommend the appointment of auditors including
sustainability auditors,
Meetings
The Audit Committee consists of four members who are
appointed from and among the Board of Directors. The
Audit Committee hold meetings 4-5 times a year.
Nomination Committee
The Board of Directors has set up a Nomination
Committee consisting of two members responsible for
performing the following preparatory tasks:
· describing the required qualifications for a given
member of the Board of Directors and the Execu-
tive Management, the estimated time required for
performing the duties of this member of the Board
of Directors and the competencies, knowledge and
experience that are or should be represented in the
two management bodies,
· on an annual basis evaluating the Board of Directors
and the Executive Management’s structure, size,
composition, and results and preparing recommenda-
tions for the Board of Directors for any changes,
· in cooperation with the chairperson handling the
annual evaluation of the Board of Directors and
assessing the individual management members’
competencies, knowledge, experience, and succes-
sion as well as reporting on it to the Board of Directors,
· handling the recruitment of new members to the Board
of Directors and the Executive Management and nomi-
nating candidates for the Board of Directors' approval,
· ensuring that a succession plan for the Executive
Management is in place,
· supervising Executive Management's policy for the
engagement of executive employees, and
· supervising the preparation of a diversity policy for the
Board of Directors’ approval.
31
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Remuneration committee
The Remuneration Committee is made up of two
members who are appointed from among the Board of
Directors. The committee is responsible for:
· preparing a draft remuneration policy for the Board
of Directors’ approval prior to the presentation at the
general meeting,
· providing a proposal to the Board of Directors on
the remuneration of the members of the executive
management,
· providing a proposal to the Board of Directors on the
remuneration of the Board of Directors prior to the
presentation at the General Meeting,
· ensuring that the management’s actual remuneration
complies with the Company’s remuneration policy
and the evaluation of the individual member’s perfor-
mance, and
· assisting in the preparation of the annual remuneration
report for the Board of Directors’ approval prior to the
presentation for the General Meeting's advisory vote.
Board member Board Meetings
Audit
Committee
Remuneration
Comittee
Nomination
Comittee
Henning Dyremose
 
Erik Holm  
Peter Gath  
Niels A. Johansen

Ann Fogelgren
 
René Alberg

Leif Hummel

Marlene L. Jakobsen

Meeting participation in 2025 % 100% 100% 100% 100%
Participation in Board meetings in 2025
Board evaluation procedure
The Board of Directors annually assess and evaluate
the competence, knowledge, and experience of the
individual members of the Board of Directors and the
Executive Management and report their findings to the
Board of Directors.
In 2025, the Board of Directors conducted an evaluation
of the Board of Directors and its individual members. As
in 2024, this year's evaluation was conducted thorugh a
questionnaire provided to each individual member of the
Board of Directors by an external service provider. The
evaluation included, effectiveness, performance, and
composition of the Board of Directors. The evaluation
concluded that the Board of Directors is working well,
forwarded material is of high quality, the Board of Direc-
tors has the right competencies, and that there is a high
degree of satisfaction with the cooperation between the
Board of Directors and Executive Management.
Proposals for the Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held completely
electronically at 1 p.m. on March 20 2026.
1. Allocation of profits
The net profit for the year amounts to DKK 200.7m. The
Board of Directors proposes to distribute a dividend of
DKK 3.75 per DKK 1 share, corresponding to around 50%
of the profit after tax for the year and 375% of the share
capital.
2. Authorisation to acquire own shares
The Board of Directors proposes that it be authorised by
the General Meeting during the period until 1 May 2027
to let the Company acquire own shares equivalent to a
total of 10% of the Company’s share capital at the time of
being granted authorisation, provided that the Compa-
ny’s total holding of own shares at no point exceeds 10%
of the Company’s share capital. The consideration must
not deviate by more than 10% from the official price
quoted at Nasdaq Copenhagen at the time of acquisition.
3. Authorisation of the Chair
The Board of Directors proposes that the Chair of the
Annual General Meeting (with the right of substitution)
be authorised to register the resolutions passed by
the Annual General Meeting with the Danish Business
Authority and to make such alterations as the Danish
Business Authority may require for registration or
approval.
32
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Members of the Board of Directors
GOV-1
Henning
Baunbæk Dyremose
Erik
Holm
Chair
Born: 1945
Joined: 1997, Chair since 2007
Nationality: Danish
Deputy Chair of the Audit Committee, Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees
Elected by Class A shareholders
As Henning Dyremose has been a member of the Board of Directors for more than 12 years, he cannot,
according to the ‘Danish Recommendations on Corporate Governance, be characterised as being inde-
pendent of special interests.
Deputy Chair
Born: 1960
Joined: 2009
Nationality: Danish
Member of the Audit Committee, Deputy Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees
Elected by Class A shareholders
As Erik Holm has been a member of the Board of Directors for more than 12 years, he cannot, according
to the ‘Danish Recommendations on Corporate Governance, be characterised as being independent of
special interests.
Qualifications
Broad leadership experience in business, finance and politics
Experience as managing director of a wholesale company with the same customers as Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S
Former Minister of Finance
Qualifications
Experience as managing director of a wholesale company with the same customers as Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S
Broad leadership experience in sales, finance, and logistics, both in Denmark and internationally
Experience of Board work in other listed companies
Managerial Posts
CEO of Henning Dyremose ApS; HD Invest, Virum ApS; HCE Invest, Virum ApS; CD Invest, Virum ApS and
Elly Dyremose ApS
Managerial Posts
Chair of the Boards of CR EL & TEKNIK A/S, Norr11 Holding ApS, Norr11 International ApS, Hotel Kolding-
fjord A/S
Deputy Chairman of the Boards of SP Group A/S, Arvid Nilssons Fond
Member of the Boards of Miluda Invest ApS, Dragsholm Slot P/S, Hotelselskabet af 8. februar 2018 K/S
and Tokyo Topco Limited (Sticks 'n' Sushi)
CEO of Erik Holm Holding ApS and JU-CH Holding Aps
Share ownership
71,240 (59,770) Class B shares. Acquired 11,470 Class B shares in 2025.
Share ownership
0 (0) Class B shares. No trades in AO shares in 2025.
33
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Ann
Fogelgren
Peter
Gath
Niels
A. Johansen
Member
Born: 1974
Joined: 2023
Nationality: Swedish
Member of the Audit Committee
Elected by Class A shareholders
According to the ‘Danish Recommendations on Corporate Governance’ Ann Fogel-
gren is considered to be independent of special interests.
Member
Born: 1965
Joined: 2023
Nationality: Danish
Chair of the Audit Committee
Elected by Class B shareholders
According to the ‘Danish Recommendations on Corporate Governance’ Peter Gath is
considered to be independent of special interests.
Member
Born: 1939
Joined: 1979
Nationality: Danish
Elected by Class A shareholders
As Niels A. Johansen has been a member of the Board of Directors for more than 12
years, he cannot, according to the ‘Danish Recommendations on Corporate Govern-
ance, be characterised as being independent of special interests.
Qualifications
PhD in Information Systems from Copenhagen Business School in 2005
Chief Information Officer of GN Store Nord A/S
Former CIO posts at a number of large Danish companies
Former CDO
In depth knowledge of strategic IT solutions and AI technology
Qualifications
State-authorised public accountant in 1996
Cand.jur. (Master of Law) in 1991
Certified Sustainablility Auditor in 2024
Former long term Audit Partner at KPMG and EY and former Chair of FSR (The Insti-
tute of State-Authorised Public Accountants in Denmark)
Former external auditor for Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S
Qualifications
Long-time managerial experience as CEO
In-depth knowledge of the wholesale industry of installation materials in Denmark
and the rest of Europe
Managerial Posts Managerial Posts
Chair of the Board of FSRs Studie- & Understøttelsesfond, Lyn Mildé A/S and Fonden
Johannes Hages Hus
Member of the Board of Milde-Fonden, Konsolidator A/S and Board Office A/S
CFO of St. Jørgen Holding ApS and CEO of Strategia Finans ApS
Managerial Posts
Chair of the Board of Directors of Avenir Invest ApS.
Niels A. Johansen is the CEO and member of the Board of Directors of a consolidated
company and the Chair of the Board of Directors of three consolidated companies
Share ownership
28,270 (28,270) Class A shares and 2,810,400 (2,810,400) Class B shares.
No trades in AO shares in 2025.
Share ownership
7,000 (7,000) Class B shares. No trades in AO shares in 2025.
Share ownership
0 (0) Class B shares. No trades in AO shares in 2025.
Members of the Board of Directors
GOV-1
34
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
René
Alberg
Leif
Hummel
Marlene
L. Jakobsen
Employee-elected member
Elected in 2022, term expires in 2026
Born: 1971
Joined: 2006
Nationality: Danish
Product Manager
Employee-elected member
Elected in 2022, term expires in 2026
Born: 1963
Joined: 2022
Nationality: Danish
Facility Manager
Employee-elected member
Elected in 2022, term expires in 2026
Born: 1983
Joined 2022
Nationality: Danish
Store Manager
Share ownership
500 (500) Class B shares. No trades in AO shares in 2025.
Share ownership
5,200 (5,200) Class B shares. No trades in AO shares in 2025.
Share ownership
433 (364) Class B shares. Acquired 69 Class B shares in 2025.
Members of the Board of Directors
GOV-1
35
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Executive Board
GOV-1
Niels
A. Johansen
Per
Toelstang
Stefan
Funch Jensen
Lili
Johansen
CEO
Born: 1939
Chair of the Board of Directors of
Avenir Invest ApS.
Niels A. Johansen is the CEO and member of the Board of
Directors of a consolidated company and the Chair of the
Board of Directors of three consolidated companies
Holds 28,270 (28,270) Class A shares and 2,810,400
(2,810,400) Class B shares either directly or indirectly
CFO, Deputy CEO
Born: 1966
CEO of
MP Toelstang Holding ApS, Toelstang Invest ApS,
Ridersclub ApS
Chair of the Board of Directors of
Høvegaard ApS
Member of the Board of Directors of
Kohberg Bakery Group A/S
Holds 34,340 (20,000) Class B shares either directly or
indirectly
CTO
Born: 1974
Holds 9,300 (0) Class B shares either directly
or indirectly
CHRO
Born: 1957
Member of the Board of Directors of
Avenir Invest ApS.
Holds 28,110 (28,110) Class A shares and 371,565 (360,000)
Class B shares either directly or indirectly
AO Management Team
Jeanette Roed Berthelsen
CSO, HVAC & Projects
Torben Christiansen
CSO, Construction
Lars Kestner
CSO, Electricals
Gitte Lindeskov
CIO
Ian Schlottmann
Director of
Procurement Excellence
Søren Paaskesen
CPO / Director of
Commercial Procurement
Sebastian Sigvaldason
Logistics Director
36
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
Shareholder information
Dividend
The Board of Directors proposes that a dividend of DKK
3.75 per DKK 1 share be distributed for 2025 corre-
sponding to a payout ratio of 52.3%. The proposal is
in line with the capital allocation policy which states a
payout ratio of 33% - 50%.
Shareholders, capital, and voting rights
AO has two classes of shares. Class A shares cannot be
negotiated without the approval of the Board, whereas
Class B shares are freely negotiable. In addition, the B
share class carries special rights in the form of payment
of cumulative dividends.
The Company’s nominal share capital is DKK 28,000k. Of
which DKK 5,640k are Class A shares and DKK 22,360k
are Class B shares. Each class A share of DKK 100 carries
1,000 votes, whereas each Class B share of DKK 1 carries
1 vote. In addition to the difference in the number of votes,
the two share classes differ in the following respects:
The Class A shares are non-negotiable instruments,
whereas the Class B shares are listed on Nasdaq Copen-
hagen under ID code DK0061686714.
The holders of Class B shares have a preferential cumu-
lative dividend right of 6%. This means that no dividend
will be paid for Class A shares until the Class B shares
have achieved a cumulative dividend of 6%.
In the event of liquidation, Class B shares take prece-
dence over Class A shares.
Changes to the Companys Articles of Association
require that two thirds of cast votes and two thirds of the
represented capital at a general meeting are in favour of
the change.
The Company’s Board of Directors consists of eight
members who do not have to be shareholders. Five
members are elected by the Annual General Meeting,
and three members are elected by the staff. Holders
of Class B shares are entitled to appoint and elect one
Board member, while holders of Class A shares elect the
remaining Board members elected by the Annual General
Meeting.
A share B share
Shares 56,400 22,360,000
Nominal value per share (DKK) 100 1
Nominal value (DKK) 5,640,000 22,360,000
Votes per share 1,000 1
Treasury shares 761,062
Stock Exchange Nasdaq Copenhagen
Ticker: AOJ B
ISIN: DK0061686714
Share price year-end (DKK) 94.4
Market Cap year-end (MDKK) 532.4 2,110.8
AO shares
Dividend payments
MDKK 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021
Dividend 105.0 84.0 105.0 147.0 126.0
Payout ratio 52% 51% 50% 50% 50%
37
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
0
50000
100000
150000
200000
250000
Jan
DKK Shares
Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
By making factual, relevant, and reliable information
available to shareholders and other stakeholders, the
management of Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S aims
at giving the share market the best possible basis for
pricing the Company’s shares fairly.
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/Ss Investor Relations
activities are designed to ensure that the disclosure of
information is in accordance with the current disclosure
requirements established by Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S.
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/Ss financial communication
with stakeholders takes place mainly through company
announcements, quarterly webcasts, and investor
meetings.
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S does not comment on any
information relating to financial results or expectations
in the period between the end of an accounting period
and the date on which results are published. The Compa-
ny’s management will refrain from holding investor
meetings and the like in this period. The Company will
also be reluctant to arrange meetings in periods where it
is dealing with matters that could result in decisions that
are to be announced to the public.
Investor relations policy
Financial calendar
26/2 2026 Annual Report
20/3 2026 Annual General Meeting
30/4 2026 Quarterly Report Q1 2026
17/8 2026 Quarterly Report Q2 2026
28/10 2026 Quarterly Report Q3 2026
Analysts
The AO share is covered by the following
financial institutions:
· SEB
Investor contacts
CEO Niels A. Johansen
CFO, Deputy CEO Per Toelstang
Head of IR Nicolaj Harmundal Petersen
IR@AO.dk
Number
of Class A
shares
(DKK 100)
Number
of Class B
shares
(DKK 1)
Number of
shares –
nominal value Capital, % Votes, %
Avenir Invest ApS 56,220 208,000 5,830,000 20.82% 71.65%
Niels A. Johansen 160 2,706,400 2,722,400 9.72% 3.64%
Other registered
shares 20 17,062,594 17,0 6 4,594 60.94% 21.69%
Unregistered shares 0 1,621,944 1,621,944 5.79% 2.06%
Total, excluding
treasury shares 56,400 21,598,938 27,238,938 97.28% 99.03%
Treasury shares 0 761,062 761,062 2.72% 0.97%
Total 56,400 22,360,000 28,000,000 100.00% 100.00%
Total volume Closing price
AO share price 2025
38
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
This statutory statement on data ethics of Brødrene A &
O Johansen A/S is part of the Management’s review in the
Annual Report for 2025 and covers the accounting period
from 1 January to 31 December 2025.
Scope and Group Coverage
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S (Central Business Register
(CVR) number 58210617) is the only Danish company
in the Group subject to the requirements of section 99d
of the Danish Financial Statements Acts. Pursuant to
section 99d(3), this statement on data ethics is prepared
at Group level and therefore also covers subsidiaries,
including AO Workwear A/S (Central Business Register
(CVR) number 32151922), even though these companies
are not independently required to prepare a statement.
The described data ethics principles and measures
therefore apply to both Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S
(hereinafter referred to as ‘AO’) and AO Workwear A/S.
The statement is published as part of the Managements
review in AOs Annual Report for 2025 and is available on
the company’s website.
Data Ethics Principles and Measures
AO has a fundamental ambition to ensure that customers,
employees, and business partners have confidence in the
company’s use and processing of data. Digitalisation and
the use of new technologies are crucial to AOs business
development, and data ethics is therefore an integral part
of the company’s governance structure.
The Board of Directors has adopted a data ethics policy
containing the following principles:
· Management's dedication to data ethics
· Responsible processing of data in accordance with
rules and society's perception
· Ensure transparency of processing operations
· Avoid discrimination and exclusion
· Support privacy and information security
· Training of employees.
To ensure implementation and compliance, a data ethics
working group has been established, which applies the
principles when assessing new digitalisation and tech-
nology initiatives. In 2025, the working group placed
particular emphasis on AOs use of artificial intelligence
(AI). The working group conducted a mapping and data
ethics assessment of AO’s AI projects. No ethical issues
were identified, and the use was assessed to be in compli-
ance with AO’s principles. As a follow-up, a procedure
for the responsible use of AI has been developed, estab-
lishing the framework for development and application.
At the same time, AO has worked systematically with
the risk landscape associated with data processing and
digitalisation. This supports the company’s efforts in
information security and data protection, where AO is
certified in accordance with ISO/IEC 27001 and ISO/IEC
27701. AO has also implemented measures to ensure
compliance with the NIS2 Directive.
AO recognises that data ethics is not solely about regula-
tory compliance, but also about actively taking a position
on technological dilemmas and societal implications. The
development of AI services is expected to continue at a
rapid pace, and the primary focus in 2026 will therefore
be the ongoing monitoring and assessment of AO’s use of
AI. This will include continued evaluation of which service
models best support responsible development and ensure
sustained trust from customers and business partners.
The data ethics working group will also continue to be
responsible for updating policies, assessing new applica-
tions, and reporting to management.
Data ethics
Statutory Statement on Data Ethics, cf. Section
99d of the Danish Financial Statements Act
Risk management Corporate governance Board of Directors Executive Board Shareholder information
39
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
41 Executive summary
49 General
65 Environment
83 Social
98 Governance
Sustainability
statement
Annual Report 2025 40
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO is committed to participate in creating a positive
change in the construction and installation industry by
helping our customers achieving sustainable growth.
This can be done by setting a good example, by working
with the value chain to reduce negative ESG impacts,
and most importantly, by making it easy for the AO's
customers to comply with sustainability demands and
progress in their own sustainability efforts.
In 2025 AO continued to take significant steps towards
integrating ESG further into its business strategy, by
increasing our quality on environmental data to meet
customers' demands and new regulations. AO initiated
company-wide training for all employees to increase
knowledge on products and services, sustainability
Executive summary
AO’s Sustainability
statement for 2025
requirements and be the Everyday Green Partner for its
customers.
The employees are the core of AO, and they are crucial to
the companys success and results. AO is committed to
being a socially responsible business and providing the
best possible working conditions for our employees.In
2026 AO will continue to focus on increasing the overall
employee satisfaction.
Following the acquisitions in 2024, AO focused in 2025
on integrating the new companies into its ESG framework
and data collection processess to improve efficiency and
ensure group-wide alignment on initiatives.
AO believes that we all have a common responsibility to manage
resources and opportunities in a responsible way to ensure the best
possible conditions for the next generation to build upon.
Highlights of 2025 include:
AO Denmark has reached our original CO
2
-target for Scope 1 & 2 by
reduction CO
2
-emissions by 64% from 2020-2025
Fossil fuels across Denmark, Sweden, and Norway are almost elimi-
nated with the only exceptions of gas heating in a few locations and a
few heavy vehicles that cannot be electrified yet.
ISO Certification expanded to include the new swedish stores and AO
Workwear
52% of AO's employees have worked for AO for more than 5 years
→ AO implemented a supplier assessment system to support the risk
assessment of our value chain
AO continues to strengthen its position as the Everyday Green Partner
by increasing the efforts to meet customers’ demands for environmental
data and services for sustainability certified construction projects. This
will continue to be a key priority in the years to come
41
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
1998
· AO developed and implemented
its first environmental policy
2000
63% of waste sorted
for recycling
2010
· First annual CSR report
2020
· First scope 1 & 2 CO
2
-baseline
year for AO Denmark
2023
· AO Denmark reduced CO
2
-emissions by 30%
in one year due to massive phasing out
of fossil fuels.
· New solar roofs were introduced in
our Central Warehouse in Albertslund
covering appr. 15% of electrical usage.
2024
· Science Based climate targets validated by SBTi
· Full implementation of CSRD in the sustainability statement
· All passenger cars are changed to pure electric.
· All gas heating except for three locations is changed to district
heating or heating pumps
· AO Sweden’s ISO-certifications covered both environmental, quality
and health & safety management (ISO 14001, 9001 and 45001)
· AO Denmarks ISO-certifications covered both environmental and
quality management (ISO 14001 and 9001)
2025
· AO Denmark achieved
the reduction target
of -50% CO
2
for scope
1 & 2
· Existing
ISO-certifications
expanded to include
new stores in Sweden
and AO Workwear
1999
· ISO 14001 certification for
headquarters and central
warehouse
2008
· Logistics center in Horsens
receives ISO 14001-certification
2012
80% of waste sorted
for recycling
2021
· First annual ESG report
· Whistleblower scheme was
introduced in AO
2022
· First Taxonomy reporting
· Creation of a climate and
sustainability department
· First CO
2
goal for AO Denmark
activities in scope 1 & 2: 50%
reduction in 2025 by phasing
out fossil fuels across AO
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
42
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
We lend
a hand
In line with our commitment to create a positive change
in the construction and installation industry, AO helps
the customers achieving sustainable growth. AO believe
it can be done by setting a good example and by working
with the value chain to reduce negative ESG impacts, and
most importantly, by making it easy for the customers
to choose the more sustainable path forward. ESG is
now fully incorporated in our strategy and represents a
cornerstone in the strategic vision. At AO sustainability
is seen as a way to help customers reach their objectives
more effectively and responsibly.
Sustainability is an
integrated part of our
strategic vision and
business strategy
Part of the team
AO is as much a sparring partner as a wholesaler.
And we are proud to be part of the team when the
tradesmen renovate, modernise and maintain
Denmark. It is our strategy to remain the leader
in the ReMoVe business by continuing the
development of the value creation in our omni-
channel offerings.
Towards common goals
AO's projects department creates a
secure framework for large construction
projects. We are not only focused
on the offer, but also on ensuring
that your project gets done better,
cheaper and faster. It is our strategy
to become one of the best partners to
construction customers, by developing
new digital support services.
It pays to start in
the right place
AO has the industry's most complete B2C offer
within simple home improvements and DIY. We
are close to the customers with all the inspi-
ration, advice and service they need. It is our
strategy to remain the online leader in DIY, by
continuing to offer new product ranges and solu-
tions, and thus making DIY easier.
Actively contributing to
a sustainable world
AO wants to be the leading green
wholesaler to the construction industry
and make it easy for all installers to
comply with climate requirements, and to
ensure a minimal environmental impact.
AO wishes to help promote a sustainable
world by supporting and contributing
to a sustainable construction sector.
43
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
Near-term target
AO is committed to reducing absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions by 80% by 2030, using 2022 as the base year.
Additionally, AO commits to a 42% reduction in absolute
Scope 3 GHG emissions within the same timeframe.
Net-zero target
AO commits to reach net-zero
greenhouse gas emissions across
the value chain by 2045.
The Science Based Targets initiative
(SBTi) is a globally recognised
organisation that validates corporate
climate targets based on the latest
climate science.
By having AO's targets validated by SBTi, AO demonstrates that
our climate ambitions align with the necessary efforts to limit
global warming to 1.5°C. This validation ensures that AO's near-
term and net-zero goals are credible and in line with interna-
tional climate action standards.
AO's targets represent a significant step forward in setting new
benchmarks for climate ambition.
AO’s climate targets have been validated by the SBTi
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
44
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
Progress on AO's Science Based Targets initiative validated CO
2
-reduction targets
The change in the Group’s GHG emissions from 2024 to 2025 reflects both higher revenue and an increase in emissions per kWh driven by a higher electricity grid emission factor.
The development is therefore primarily volume- and factor-driven, with the grid emission factor mainly affecting Category 11 – use of sold products.
81% Cat 11 - Use of Sold Products
16% Cat 1 - Purchased G&S
2% Cat 4 - Upstream Transportation
& Distribution
1% Other categories
82% Cat 11 - Use of Sold Products
15% Cat 1 - Purchased G&S
2% Cat 4 - Upstream Transportation
& Distribution
1% Other categories
72% Cat 11 - Use of Sold Products
24% Cat 1 - Purchased G&S
2% Cat 4 - Upstream Transportation
& Distribution
2 % Other categories
73% Cat 11 - Use of Sold Products
23% Cat 1 - Purchased G&S
3% Cat 4 - Upstream Transportation
& Distribution
1 % Other categories
2022
1,040,228
tCO
2
e total
987, 33 4
t CO
2
e total
666,121
t CO
2
e total
730,893
t CO
2
e total
2023 2024 2025
-30%
compared to base year
Base year
-5%
compared to base year
-36%
compared to base year
GHG intensity based on net revenue
194.4 t CO
2
e per DKK million
GHG intensity based on net revenue
188.3 t CO
2
e per DKK million
GHG intensity based on net revenue
123.1 t CO
2
e per DKK million
GHG intensity based on net revenue
119.8 t CO
2
e per DKK million
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
45
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
Goal for waste sorting
90%
We are making significant progress in reaching
AO's goal of sorting 90% of all waste
Waste sorting is the area where
our employees have the greatest
environmental impact.
Stores in Sweden
89%
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
Stores in Denmark
70%
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
Warehouses
92%
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
To strengthen our efforts, we have implemented a waste sorting scheme across AO,
leading to a significant improvement — particularly in our stores, where the potential is
highest. In the coming years, we will further enhance waste sorting across AO, working
towards our long-term goal of achieving a 90% sorting rate.
* Data consists of existing facilities excluding acquired facilities in 2024. / ** Sorting is defined as sorted waste excluding residual waste and landfill
2025
AO Workwear
96%
2025
Stores in Norway
70%
46
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
The employees are the core of our business
of AO's employees has
worked for AO for more than
5 years
52%
of AO Group staff are trainees.
It is important to AO to ensure
the right mix of skills and to help
trainees get a good start in their
career
5%
There is room and opportunities
in AO throughout life
Seniority levels
in the workplace
25%
0-2 years
24%
3-5 years
19%
6-10 years
33%
More than 10 years
47
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
AO believes that goals and best practices should set
the standard across all aspects of the business. AO is
committed to maintaining structured processes and
continuous improvement in quality, environmental
management, and occupational health and safety
through internationally recognised ISO certifications.
In Denmark, AO currently holds ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO
27001 and ISO 27701 certifications. AO is actively working
towards ISO 45001 certification in Denmark, which AO
expect to achieve in 2026. This will further strengthen
AO's commitment to a safe and healthy work environment
for all employees. Operations in Sweden are certified
according to ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO 27001, ISO 27701
and ISO 45001. In Norway AO is working towards achieving
ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001, which is expected to
be achieved in 2026.
Governance
Achieving progress through
ISO management systems
I
S
O
9
0
0
1
,
1
4
0
0
1
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
S
y
s
t
e
m
ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certifications
ISO certifications also play a key role in tender
processes, where they serve as a recognised framework
for structured processes and continuous improvement.
Looking ahead to 2026, AO's goal is to ensure that all
parts of the AO Group, including acquired businesses, are
included in our ISO certifications, reinforcing AO's dedica-
tion to systematic management and long-term progress.
48
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance Executive summary
51 General disclosures
General
Annual Report 2025 49
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
ESRS 2 General disclosures
Section/
report Page
BP-1 General basis for preparation of sustainability statements SUS 51
BP-2 Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances SUS 51-52
Datapoints that derive from other EU legislation SUS 62-64
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, management and supervisory
bodies SUS
54
GOV-2
Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed
by the undertaking’s administrative, management and super-
visory bodies SUS 53-54
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive
schemes SUS 54
GOV-4 Statement on sustainability due diligence SUS 54
GOV-5
Risk management and internal controls over sustainability
reporting SUS 54
SBM-1 Strategy, business model and value chain MR 13-17
SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders SUS 56
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction
with strategy and business model SUS 58-61
IRO-1
Description of the process to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 57
IRO-2
Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking’s
sustainability statement SUS 50
ESRS E1 Climate change
Section/
report Page
ESRS 2
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive
schemes SUS 54
E1-1 Transition plan for climate change mitigation SUS 67
ESRS 2
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction
with strategy and business model SUS 58, 66
ESRS 2
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 66
E1-2
Disclosure Requirement E1-2 – Policies related to climate
change mitigation and adaptation SUS 67
E1-3
Disclosure Requirement E1-3 – Actions and resources in
relation to climate change policies SUS 67-68
E1-4 Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation SUS 68
E1-5 Energy consumption and mix SUS 68
E1-6 Gross Scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions SUS 69-71
E1-7
GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through
carbon credits - -
E1-8 Internal carbon pricing - -
E1-9
Anticipated financial effects from material physical and
transition risks and potential - -
ESRS E2 Pollution
Section/
report Page
ESRS 2
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
pollution-related impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 73
E2-1 Policies related to pollution SUS 73
E2-2 Actions and resources related to pollution SUS 74
E2-3 Targets related to pollution SUS 74
E2-4 Pollution of air, water and soil - -
E2-5 Substances of concern and substances of very high concern SUS 75
E2-6
Anticipated financial effects from pollution-related impacts,
risks and opportunities - -
ESRS E5 Resource use and circular economy
Section/
report Page
ESRS 2
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
resource use and circular economy-related impacts, risks and
opportunities SUS 76
E5-1 Policies related to resource use and circular economy SUS 76
E5-2
Actions and resources related to resource use and circular
economy SUS 76-77
E5-3 Targets related to resource use and circular economy SUS 77
E5-4 Resource inflows SUS 78
E5-5 Resource outflows SUS 78
E5-6
Anticipated financial effects from resource use and circular
economy-related impacts, risks and opportunities - -
ESRS S1 Own workforce
Section/
report Page
ESRS 2
SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders SUS 84
ESRS 2
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction
with strategy and business model SUS 84
S1-1 Policies related to own workforce SUS 84-85
S1-2
Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’
representatives about impacts SUS 86
S1-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own
workforce to raise concerns SUS 87
S1-4
Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and
approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material
opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of
those actions SUS 88
S1-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts,
advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and
opportunities SUS 89
S1-6 Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees SUS 89-90
IRO-2
S1-7
Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking’s own
workforce SUS 91
S1-8 Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue SUS 91
S1-9 Diversity metrics SUS 90
S1-10 Adequate wages SUS 85
S1-11 Social protection SUS 85
S1-12 Persons with disabilities - -
S1-13 Training and skills development metrics SUS 91
S1-14 Health and safety metrics SUS 92
S1-15 Work-life balance metrics SUS 92
S1-16 Remuneration metrics (pay gap and total remuneration) SUS 93
S1-17 Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts SUS 93
ESRS S2 Workers in the value chain
Section/
report Page
ESRS 2
SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders SUS 96
ESRS 2
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction
with strategy and business model SUS 96
S2-1 Policies related to value chain workers SUS 96
S2-2 Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts SUS 96-97
S2-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for value
chain workers to raise concerns SUS -
S2-4
Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers,
and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing
material opportunities related to value chain workers, and
effectiveness of those actions SUS 97
S2-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts,
advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and
opportunities SUS 97
ESRS G1 Business conduct
Section/
report Page
ESRS 2
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, supervisory and management
bodies MR 99
ESRS 2
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities SUS 99
G1-1 Business conduct policies and corporate culture SUS 100
G1-2 Management of relationships with suppliers - 101
G1-3 Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery SUS 102-103
G1-4 Incidents of corruption or bribery SUS 102-103
G1-5 Political influence and lobbying activities - -
G1-6 Payment practices SUS 101
Cross-cutting and topical standards
Basis of preparation
BP-1
General basis for preparation
The sustainability statement presented has been
prepared on consolidated basis applying the same
consolidation group as in the consolidated financial
statements of this Annual Report. The consolidation
group has been determined in accordance with IFRS 10
and includes the parent company of the Group (Brødrene
A. & O. Johansen A/S) and the subsidiaries over which
the Brødrene A. & O. Johansen A/S has operational
control. The Group (‘AO’) has no associates or joint
ventures. AO has not used the option to omit a specific
piece of information corresponding to intellectual prop-
erty, know-how or the results of innovation.
The sustainability statement has been prepared in
accordance with the European Sustainability Reporting
Standards (ESRS) and covers AO's reporting obligation
under article 99a of the Danish Financial Statements Act.
In addition, a number of guiding frameworks have been
applied supporting interpretations and disclosures made
under the ESRS standards. These include the Greenhouse
Gas Protocol and ISO 14083:2023 standard.
Value Chain Coverage
The sustainability statement explicitly includes impacts
of upstream, own operations and downstream aspects of
General disclosures
AO's value chain, reflecting the company's role as major
suppliers in the construction industry and towards private
consumers. The upstream value chain encompasses
the whole lifecycle of the upstream activities including
extraction of raw materials, transportation and produc-
tion and their associated impacts, risks, and opportu-
nities (IROs), while the downstream value chain covers
all impacts of AO’s customers and end users including
transportation, usage and disposal. The specific IRO
disclosures for both upstream, own operations and down-
stream activities will be clearly identified at the outset
of each ESRS-section in the sustainability statement. AO
sustainability statement covers the whole upstream and
downstream value chain informed by AO’s double materi-
ality assessment and an ESG-survey conducted as part of
AOs due diligence process.
· Upstream: AO evaluates the sustainability perfor-
mance of its suppliers through shared information and
ongoing collaboration. Key IROs are identified based
on desktop research of the impacts of the various
parts of AO’s value chain and knowledge about the
environmental impact on the products AO purchase.
· Downstream: AO assesses the IRO’s related to the
use and disposal of its products by customers using
desktop research about the impact of AO’s industry
as well as specific knowledge on the impact of the
products AO sell.
Furthermore, AO has close cooperation with suppliers
and customers as well as knowledge on the impact of its
activities, including the products AO sell, which informs
AO's assessments.
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
Time horizons
AO has applied the definition in ESRS 1 section 6.4 for
time horizons when identifying and assessing IRO's for
the Group's double materiality assessment and material
topics.
If estimation has been made with a time horizon devi-
ating from the used definition, it will be clearly stated.
The time horizons applied for the sustainability state-
ment comprise:
· Short-term (within reporting year)
· Medium-term (end of reporting year to 5 years)
· Long-term (5+ years)
Sources of estimation and outcome uncertainty
Preparation of ESG performance data requires Manage-
ment to make estimates in certain areas, which affect
the reported data. Management forms its estimates
based on historical experience, independent advice,
in-house specialists and other information believed to be
reasonable under the circumstances. AO has identified
that metrics related to Scope 3 emissions are subject
to significant uncertainty and estimates as further
described in section E1 Climate change. When estimates
have been applied the basis and accuracy of the calcula-
tion is described along with uncertainty of estimations of
the future in the related accounting practices.
Management periodically assess the use of estimates
and judgements based on experience, the development
of ESG reporting, and other factors.
Estimates and uncertainty
Some areas of ESG data require estimates, which
affect the reported data. To reduce the risk of reporting
errors AO have formed internal controls and validation
processes. The estimates are based on external data,
external advice, combined with internal specialists and
experience.
51
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Reporting errors in prior periods
In 2025, the pollution weight metric for substances of
very high concern was corrected. As a result, figures from
2024 have been restated to reflect the correct numbers
and the 2025 definition. See more on page 75 where the
metrics for pollution – substances of very high concern is
presented. No other metrics have been corrected in 2025.
Changes in reporting
In 2025, the health and safety incident metric was rede-
fined. As a result, figures from 2024 have been restated
to reflect the 2025 definition. See more on page 92 where
the metrics for health and safety incidents is presented.
No other metrics have been redefined in 2025.
Disclosure requirements incorporated by reference
Disclosure
requirement Datapoint Sustainability statements Section Page
GOV-1 20(a) Composition and diversity of administrative, management and supervisory bodies Corporate governance 31 - 36
GOV-1 20(b) The roles and responsibilities of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies Corporate governance 31 - 36
GOV-1
"20(c)
23(a-b)" The expertise and skills of its administrative, management and supervisory bodies Corporate governance 31 - 36
GOV-1 21(a) The number of executive and non-executive members Corporate governance 31 - 36
GOV-1 21(b) Representation of employees and other workers Corporate governance 31 - 36
GOV-1 21(c) Experience relevant to the sectors, products and geographic locations of the undertaking Corporate governance 31 - 36
GOV-1 21(d) Percentage by gender and other aspects of diversity that the undertaking considers Corporate governance 31 - 36
GOV-1 21(e) The percentage of independent board members Corporate governance 31 - 36
SBM-1 40(a) i-ii General strategy that relate to or affect sustainability matters Strategy 13 - 17
SBM-1 42(a-c) Business model and value chain Strategy 13 - 17
Key areas with estimates Impact level Page
Product categories for purchased goods & services mass
70
Activity and transportation for upstream transportation
70
Activity categories for business travel
71
Modes of transport and split for employee commuting
71
GHG emissions for processing of sold products, electricity consumption and product categories
71
Main material/waste type at the products end of life
71
Product categories and amount of SCIP and SVHC
75
Average working hours for health and safety accident rate
92
Average working hours and pay levels for gender pay gap
93
Impact level Low   Medium   High
List of disclosure requirements
incorporated by reference
The items below provide an overview of where informa-
tion can be found relating to ESRS disclosures that have
been incorporated by reference and stated outside of the
sustainability statement as part of other sections of this
Annual Report.
The table below provides an overview of where informa-
tion can be found relating to ESRS disclosures that have
been incorporated by reference and stated outside of the
sustainability statement as part of other sections of this
Annual Report.
52
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Sustainability governance
GOV-2
Governance structure
AO manages its business in a responsible manner
ensuring honesty and integrity in its business conduct.
Sustainability in AO is governed by the ESG Council,
which consists of the Executive Board and the head of
Climate & Sustainability (1 female and 4 males).
Additionally, AO has a permanent taskforce for the green
transition in AO, which reports to the head of Climate &
Sustainability. The taskforce is responsible for initiatives
related to the environment, while HR and Finance are
responsible for initiatives related to social topics and
governance topics, respectively.
Strategy and implementation of ESG initiatives as well
as material IROs are discussed at quarterly meetings, or
when necessary, in the ESG Council.
These meetings provide the possibility to inform and
address views from affected stakeholders on sustainabil-
ity-related impacts. The ESG Council reports to the Board
of Directors multiple times a year. When presenting
initiatives, no trade-offs have been identified during the
assessment.
The ESG Council leverages the expertise of subject
matter experts with in-depth knowledge of sustainability
matters within the organisation.
· Governance of sustainability targets is embedded
throughout the organisation from procurement to sales
and service, by assigning ownership to the permanent
taskforce. This results in a matrix-based governance
model. ESG-related topics are being monitored monthly
by the ESG Council and regular risk assessments with
ESG topics have been established and included, along
with internal controls and documentation of ESG
related data.
· A transition plan is endorsed by AO's management,
with focus on energy efficiency and transition to
renewable energy, both within AO's operations and
across its value chain.
· The foundation for AO’s environmental efforts is the
ISO 14001 environmental management system, where
AO's policies and procedures to support the climate
and environmental policy are audited every year.
· AO's most significant climate and environmental
impact lie within the value chain, meaning a crucial
part of the task is collaborating with customers and
suppliers to drive change in the industry.
· As the Everyday Green Partner, AO assists the
customers in their green transition by offering environ-
mental data, products, and services that support more
sustainable constructions and societies.
· AO informs its Board of Directors and Executive Board
about sustainability matters through robust govern-
ance mechanisms, business ethics training, whistle-
blower systems, audits, transparent communication,
and proactive supplier management. These measures
enable the company to address sustainability issues
effectively and maintain high ethical standards.
Responsible for approving ESG
strategy and CSR policy
Responsible for strategy and
risk management
Responsible for development of strategy,
risk identification and implementation
ESG Council
Executive Board
Board of Directors
Environment (E)
AO's task force for
Green Transition
Governance (G)
Finance
Social (S)
HR
53
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
GOV-1
The role of the administrative,
management and supervisory bodies
Clear policies and guidelines for how to conduct and do
business are important for AO. Management and other
administrative bodies and leaders are expected to set
a good example and are responsible for developing and
implementing clear policies and guidelines for business
conduct. These are built upon many years of experience
doing business in the wholesale industry including sales,
finance, logistics, and IT. In addition, valuable knowl-
edge is available through the Board of Directors’ experi-
ence with global standards. The available experience is
important to maintain and keep relevant, both for AO and
its business partners.
You can read more about AO's Board composition and
governance structure in the Corporate Governance
section on page 31-36, where you can also find informa-
tion on the experience and background of the Board of
Directors and Executive Board cf. DR ESRS GOV-1.
GOV-2
Sustainability matters addressed by AOs
administrative, management and supervisory bodies
In 2025, the ESG Council advanced AO’s sustainability
agenda, focusing on strategic alignment, compliance read-
iness, and employee engagement across the organisation.
Climate action and resource management
AO achieved further CO₂ reductions across Group opera-
tions and improved waste sorting through a new moni-
toring dashboard. An updated roadmap for achieving
SBTi targets, with a focus on Scope 3 Category 1 emis-
sions, was presented and discussed.
Sustainable partnerships and innovation
The Council approved the adoption of Position Green
as AO’s ESG supplier management platform to improve
our efforts in our value chain in collaboration with our
direct suppliers. Collaboration with sector partners
was explored to strengthen due diligence and enhance
customer dialogue on sustainability.
Sustainability strategy and reporting
AOs updated ESG Roadmap was approved and aligned
with business strategy. The Council enhanced CSRD
reporting, streamlining disclosures and adding S2 –
Workers in the value chain as a new material topic.
Environmental awareness and culture
Initiatives under the “Hverdagens Grønne Partner
programme continued to build engagement and embed
sustainability in daily operations.
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related
performance in incentive schemes
The incentive schemes related to the Executive Board are
currently not linked to sustainability or climate-related
targets. Inclusion of sustainability and climate-related
targets in future incentive schemes are allowed for in the
remuneration policy and will be considered annually.
GOV-4
Statement on sustainability due diligence
Core elements of
due diligence Section/ report Page
1 Embedding due diligence
in governance,strategy
and business model
General 54-55
2 Engaging with affected
stakeholders in all key
steps of the due diligence
General 56
3 Identifying and assessing
adverse impacts
General
Environment
Social
Governance
57-61,
66, 73,
76, 84,
96, 99
4 Taking actions to address
those adverse impacts
Environment
Social
66-67,
77-78,
88-89,
97
5 Tracking the effective-
ness of these efforts and
communicating
Environment
Social 66-68,
74,
77-78,
88-89,
97
GOV-5
Risk management and internal controls
over sustainability reporting
The business environment is becoming increasingly
volatile, with economic fluctuations and societal changes
occurring at a faster pace. In this context, managing
risks and identifying potential threats to AO’s business
are crucial components of AO's governance. The most
significant risks to the company are regularly monitored
and reviewed and are reflected in the Risk management
section on page 25-28.
The constantly evolving nature of business risks has
heightened the need for robust contingency plans to
ensure that the company is prepared for potential inci-
dents, such as cyberattacks or data breaches.
AO monitors these emerging risks on a regular basis and
implements contingency measures to safeguard its oper-
ations. By staying vigilant and adaptable, AO ensures
that the company is well-prepared to address current
threats and protect the long-term sustainability of the
business. AO’s commitment to risk management reflects
its broader dedication to responsible business conduct
and maintaining the trust of stakeholders.
The sustainability statement is exposed to the risk of
human error and incomplete data, as the process of data
collection consists of data from multiple external sources
and, in certain instances manual collection and handling
of data. To best mitigate the risks, automated data collec-
tion processes has been established, where possible,
and data is thoroughly analysed and reviewed.
54
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Strategy
SBM-1
Strategy, business model and value chain
AO has established strategic sustainability focus areas
which is linked to AO’s material impacts, risks and
opportunities. The focus areas are set to support AO’s
goals on CO₂e reduction, high employee satisfaction,
strong supplier relationships and a solid value chain.
Please read more about AO's strategy, business model
and value chain in the Strategy section on page 13-17.
Environment Social Governance
Focus area
AO has committed and been approved by SBTi to reduce
GHG emissions, become carbon neutral in AO’s own
operations and enable the reduction of GHG emissions in
AOs value chain. AO wants to phase out selling products
containing SVHC.
Focus area
Employees are the core at AO and crucial to the companys
success and results, hence health and safety, education and
job satisfaction are of high importance.
Focus area
AO is committed to avoid corruption and bribery by educating all
employees. It is important for AO to follow the payment terms and
maintain a strong supplier relationship with AOs suppliers.
Risk assessment of AOs direct suppliers, to reduce risk in the
value chain.
Actions
· Phase out natural gas for heating
· Phase out fossil fueled company cars
· Decrease the number of chemical products with SVHC
substances each year
Actions
· Increased focus on reporting and reducing accidents with
training and awareness
· Invests in internal and external training options
· Follow up on comments and low scores in customer satis-
faction survey
Actions
· Corruption and bribery training is mandatory for all employees
· Process to always sign a code of conduct with new suppliers
· Implement supplier risk assessment system
Targets
· Reduce CO₂e in AO’s own operations (Scope 1 & 2) with
80% (compared to base year) by 2030
· Reduce CO₂e in scope 3 with 42% (compared to base
year) by 2030
· Net-zero across the value chain (scope 1, 2 & 3) by 2045
· 100% of products sold are SVHC free by 2030
Targets
· Rate of recordable work-related accidents below 10%
· Zero fatalities as result of work-related injuries and
work-related ill health
Targets
· 100% of employees (employed more than 3 months) have
completed corruption and bribery training
· More than 95% of payments made within AO’s payment terms
· More than 95% of supplier spend is covered by a signed code
of conduct
· Have a risk assessment on 90% of all direct suppliers by 2030
55
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Interests and views
of stakeholders
SBM-2
AO maintains continuous engagement with all key stake-
holders, enabling us to gather insights into their expec-
tations, concerns and emerging needs. These perspec-
tives inform AO’s understanding of impacts and risks
and support the development of initiatives that help us
deliver on AOs ESG commitments and targets.
In 2025, AO have strengthened this work by enhancing
processes for engaging and documenting input from AOs
stakeholders. These efforts will ensure that stakeholder
perspectives are systematically integrated into AO’s
double materiality assessment and remain a core driver
of AO’s ESG priorities going forward.
AO has identified five relevant main stakeholders and
below the characteristics of them have been described,
including how AO has assessed and engaged with them.
The Executive Board and Board of Directors are informed
about the relevant views and interests of affected
stakeholders when assessing various sustainability
initiatives.
Significant decisions are presented to and discussed by
the Executive Board and, where appropriate, the Board
of Directors. This enables them to address views from
affected stakeholders on sustainability-related impacts,
when relevant.
Customers Employees Suppliers Environment Shareholders
Stakeholder engagement
In completing the DMA, AO engaged internal stake-
holders from the start to secure understanding, provide
ownership and benefit from the knowledge of the
stakeholders. External consultation was included to
support the process and helped ensure understanding
of the requirements. While working on the DMA, AO
approached external business partners and stakeholders
to better understand how their business could impact AO
and how AOs decisions and activities could affect their
business. AO’s main focus has been and continues to be
with AO’s direct suppliers.
Customers
AOs customers are the most important stakeholders.
AO is customer-driven, guided by the principle
‘Customer is King’ in everything it does. AO strives to
be the main and preferred partner for its customers
and continuously aims to deliver first class service,
by understanding their needs. Engagement happens
through regular business interactions, collective
actions and feedback.
Employees
AOs employees are key to its success. AO is committed
to provide the employees a meaningful and engaging
workplace with room for growth and development in a
safe and healthy environment for its employees.
AO engages its employees through different estab-
lished channels, by sending updates on the business
through the intranet, developments conversation with
managers, the Worker Councils and employee surveys.
AO also has a whistleblower system for own employees
and employees in the value chain, to raise concerns and
awareness of any issues.
Suppliers
AO relies on strong partnerships and open dialogue with
its suppliers to operate effectively and profitably. Ongoing
supplier relationships are crucial for AO to meet its
targets, as its main ESG-impacts are closely linked to the
production and use of the products it sells. AO engages
with suppliers in various industry forums and networks,
contract management and regular business interactions.
Environment
The environment is directly affected by the actual and
potential negative impacts of AO's business activities.
From the extraction of raw materials to the energy
consumed during product use and the challenges of
waste disposal for outdated or damaged items, every
stage of the lifecycle has environmental consequences.
AO recognise its responsibility to minimise these impacts
and adopt sustainable practices that protect the planet
for future generations.
Shareholders
AO is listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen, an international
marketplace for Danish Securities. It requires regular
engagement with shareholders, analysts and others
interested in AO's business. This is managed through
the investor relations department, which participates
in conference calls, briefings, and general dialogue, to
ensure clear financial communication.
56
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Double Materiality
Assessment
IRO-1
In 2023, AO began working towards CSRD readiness
and compliance by completing AO’s first Double Materi-
ality Assessment (DMA) and GAP analysis. The process
included engagement with multiple internal and external
stakeholders. In 2024 AO performed a review of the
DMA and GAP analysis along with the data collection,
risk assessment and internal controls. During its review,
assistance from specialised consultants has been used.
In 2025, following the acquisition of Work Wear Group
(WWG - now AO Workwear), AO reassessed its IROs that
could be impacted by AO’s expanded business. The larger
involvement in certain business areas, has increased
focus on the related supply chain, which has led AO to
determine that S2 is now material for reporting. Conse-
quently, AO revisited the IROs to align with the new inte-
grated group structure and the expanded supply chain.
E2: Sustances of very high concern
E5: Waste
S1: Working conditions
S1: Equal treatment and opportunities for all
S2: Working conditions
S2: Equal treatment and opportunities for all
S2: Other work-related rights
G1: Corporate culture
G1: Protection of whiste-blowers
G1: Corruption and bribery
E1: Climate change adaptation
E1: Climate change mitigation
E1: Energy
E5: Resources inflows
E5: Resource outflows
IMPACT MATERIAL
NON-MATERIAL
DOUBLE MATERIAL
FINANCIAL MATERIAL
FINANCIAL IMPACT ON AO
IMPACT ON THE ENVIRONMENT & PEOPLE
57
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Location in
value chain Time horizon
IRO S M L
E1 Climate change
Climate change adaptation
Opportunity
AO's product categories in VA, VAGA and VVS help respond to extreme weather
events like floods, droughts, and sea level rise in our downstream value chain.
Climate change mitigation
Impact,
Actual,
Negative
AOs direct CO₂ emissions (scope 1 and 2) are limited. Most of our footprint
comes from scope 3 emissions, largely from manufacturing, use and disposal.
Energy
Impact,
Actual,
Negative
AOs direct CO₂ emissions (scope 1 and 2) are limited. Most of our footprint
comes from scope 3 emissions, largely from manufacturing, use and disposal.
E2 Pollution
Substances of very high concern
Impact,
Actual,
Negative
AOs connection to Substances of Very High Concern (SVHCs) is mainly indirect,
tied to upstream and downstream activities, with products AO distributes.
E5 Ressource use and circular economy
Resource inflows
Impact,
Actual,
Negative
AOs operations rely on virgin resources for packaging and distribution, while
sourced products may involve raw material extraction across the value chain.
Resource outflows
Impact,
Actual,
Negative
Packaging materials become waste after delivery, while end-of-life construc-
tion products can lead to resource loss if not properly reused or recycled.
Waste
Impact,
Actual,
Negative
Waste is generated from raw material extraction, manufacturing, packaging
and end-of-lige waste, if not properly recycled, across the value chain.
 
Material impacts, risks
and opportunities
SBM-3
Location in value chain
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
S
M
L
Time horizon
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
58
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Location in
value chain Time horizon
IRO S M L
S1 Own workforce
Working conditions
Impact,
Actual,
Negative
Employee satisfaction, stress and occupational health and safety for all
employees are of high importance and a priority to avoid negative impacts.
Equal treatment and opportunities for all
Impact,
Potential,
Negative
AO supports employee development through training and education. A
male-dominated workforce highlights the opportunity to improve gender balance.
S2 Workers in the value chain
Working conditions
Impact,
Potential,
Negative
Limited visibility across the global value chain, especially in high-risk sectors.
Risk remains even with a BSCI- and UN Global Compact-aligned Code of Conduct.
Equal treatment and opportunities for all
Impact,
Potential,
Negative
AO is exposed to risks of unequal treatment in the value chain, including gender
inequality and discrimination. Legal and cultural differences limit oversight.
Other work-related rights
Impact,
Potential,
Negative
With a global value chain AO is of risk to be indirectly linked through suppliers
of child and forced labour, especially in upstream mining and textile production.
Location in
value chain Time horizon
IRO S M L
G1 Business conduct
Corporate culture
Impact,
Potential,
Negative
With a complex global value chain, AO faces potential risks
like corruption, bribery, harassment, or informal practices
if not managed through a stable corporate culture.
Protection of whistleblowers
Impact,
Potential,
Negative
Without proper protection, whistleblowers may face retaliation, leading
to underreporting of issues, and lack of knowledge of incidents.
Corruption and bribery
Impact,
Potential,
Negative
AO operates in countries with low corruption risk and has a policy and
training in place to prevent it. Any cases could harm AO’s reputation.
Material impacts, risks
and opportunities
SBM-3
Location in value chain
Upstream
Own operations
Downstream
S
M
L
Time horizon
Short-term
Medium-term
Long-term
59
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Methodology and scoring
The process for the DMA followed the requirements of
the European Sustainability Reporting Standards. For
environment, AO considered how widespread the impact
could be and how many areas or units could be affected.
For social and governance, AO assessed how much of an
impact it would have on affected people and how many
people could be affected.
The Board of directors has approved the Double Materi-
ality Assessment, the given threshold for materiality, and
the list of material IROs and topics.
Scope
AO have identified and assessed impacts, risks and
opportunities for AOs own operations and value chain
across all topics, focusing on own operations, upstream
and downstream activities. The value chain assessment
has mainly based on direct suppliers and AO’s internal
knowledge complemented by data from external
consultants and supplier information. As a wholesaler
within the construction industry, and with a wide range
of products and product types, AO sources goods from
many suppliers. While AO acknowledges that the full
value chain will extend all the way to material extrac-
tions, AO does not have extensive insight to the full
value-chain across all the products, and suppliers.
Therefore AO has made some assumptions about
workers in the value chain based on SASB standards
regarding raw material extraction, as AO does not have
direct insight into the actual conditions. Those assump-
tions are theoretical and not necessarily directly linked
to AO’s value chain. AO has taken an approach to view
the IROs at the group level.
Environment Social Governance
Scale The extent of the impact on the relevant individuals/
economy/environment - whether low or high.
The extent of the impact on the right to life/
health/basic life needs - whether low or high.
The extent of the impact on the right to life/
health/basic life needs - whether low or high.
Scope
How widespread the impact would be
from immediate to global level
How widespread the impact would be
on a population or employees
How widespread the impact would be
on a population or employees
Irremediability How difficult it would be to undo the damage
based on time, effort, and costs
How difficult it would be to undo the damage
based on time, effort, and costs
How difficult it would be to undo the damage
based on time, effort, and costs
Likelihood Assessment of likelihood on a
scale from 'rare' to 'certain'.
Assessment of likelihood on a
scale from 'rare' to 'certain'.
Assessment of likelihood on a
scale from 'rare' to 'certain'.
AO has used external sources such as SASB to identify
industry and supply chain risks based on the types of
materials used to produce the products AO sell. Inter-
nally, the finance, HR and Sustainability teams were the
main contributors to identify IROs. Management was
regularly updated, and decisions were approved along
the process.
AO's assessment included both positive and negative
impacts, which AO considered actual and/or potential for
AOs business related to environment, social and govern-
ance matters. AO’s assessment was based on ESRS
guidelines provided in 2024, to ensure alignment and
compliance to CSRD. As AOs business develops, AO will
continue to review the double materiality assessment
and activities with impacts, risks, and opportunities to
maintain a relevant and actual assessment on the most
material topics to AO.
Materiality scoring process
For actual impacts AO used the three parameters ‘Scale,’
‘Scope,’ and ‘Irremediability’ for a combined scoring of
Severity. For potential impacts, an additional parameter
‘Likelihood’ was added.
AO applied the same scale for impact and likelihood,
from 1 (lowest) to 5 (highest). For financial impact, AO’s
existing enterprise risk scale was used, which is an
established framework already employed in the financial
assessments, in the Risk management section.
Impact scoring weighed severity and likelihood equally
to balance how severe an impact could be and how likely
it was to occur. For human rights sub-topics, the severity
became the final score if 4 or higher. If the severity score
fell below 4, severity and likelihood score were combined
with a 50/50 weighting, consistent with the general
scoring approach. For financial considerations, AO’s
established enterprise risk scale was applied.
After the first round of impact and financial assessment
scoring, an overview showing where each sub-topic
60
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
would place was created. Then different thresholds
were applied to determine, which datapoints would be
included or excluded, guided by pre-determined inclu-
sion criteria. After reviewing various threshold values,
the final threshold was set at 3. The list of material topics
with a score equal to or higher than 3 was approved by
the Board of Directors, along with the threshold value.
Material topics based on the DMA
The outcome of the DMA scoring shows that the following
six out of the ten ESRS topics are material to AO:
· E1 Climate change
· E2 Pollution
· E5 Resource use and circular economy
· S1 Own workforce
· S2 Workers in the value chain
· G1 Business conduct
The outcome of the DMA is consistent with AO’s current
sustainability strategy. For each material topic AO has
identified IRO's and assessed whether each subtopic was
material or not. The material topics and subtopics are
further specified and presented in the following sections,
with more information on why AO finds them material
and how they are embedded into the organisation and
daily activities.
Changes to the material IRO's compared to the
previous reporting period
As part of the update of the DMA, AO has also refined the
description/classification of the IRO’s (S1 - Own work-
force and S2 - Workers in the value chain) compared to
2024, however the substance of the IRO’s remain materi-
ally unchanged.
Non-material topics and sub-topics based on DMA
The outcome of the DMA scoring shows that the following
ESRS topics are not material to AO due to the nature of its
business as a wholesale company:
· E2 Pollution (sub-topics): Pollution of air, Water & soil,
Living organisms and food resources, Substances of
concern, Microplastics
· E3: Water and marine resources
· E4: Biodiversity and ecosystems
· S1 Own workforce (sub-topics): Other work-related
rights
· S4: Consumers and end-users
Topics and sub-topics reviewed as immaterial in early
assessment and not included in the full Double Materi-
ality Assessment:
· S3: Affected communities
· G1 Business conduct (sub-topics): Animal welfare,
Political engagement and Lobbying activities
61
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
IRO-2
EU legislation data points
Disclosure
requirement Datapoint Sustainability statements SFDR reference
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
regulation
reference
EU Climate Law
reference Section Page
ESRS 2 GOV-1 21 (d) Board's gender diversity MR 33-35
ESRS 2 GOV-1 21 (e) Percentage of board members who are independent MR 33-35
ESRS 2 GOV-4 30 Statement on due diligence SUS 54
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 (d) i Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities Not relevant -
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 (d) ii Involvement in activities related to chemical production Not relevant -
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 (d) iii Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons Not relevant -
ESRS 2 SBM-1 40 (d) iv Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco Not relevant -
ESRS E1-1 14 Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050 SUS 67
ESRS E1-1 16 (g) Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned Benchmarks Not relevant -
ESRS E1-4 34 GHG emission reduction targets SUS 67
ESRS E1-5 38 Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high climate impact sectors) Not relevant -
ESRS E1-5 37 Energy consumption and mix SUS 68
ESRS E1-5 40-43 Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors Not relevant -
ESRS E1-6 44 Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions SUS 69
ESRS E1-6 53-55 Gross GHG emissions intensity SUS 69
ESRS E1-7 56 GHG removals and carbon credits Not material -
ESRS E1-9 66 Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks Not material -
ESRS E1-9 66 (a); 66(c)
Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk; Location of significant assets at material
physical risk Not material -
ESRS E1-9 67 (c) Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy-efficiency classes Not material -
ESRS E1-9 69 Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate-related opportunities Not material -
ESRS E2-4 28 Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation emitted to air, water and soil Not material -
ESRS E3-1 9 Water and marine resources Not material -
62
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Disclosure
requirement Datapoint Sustainability statements SFDR reference
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
regulation
reference
EU Climate Law
reference Section Page
ESRS E3-1 13 Dedicated policy Not material -
ESRS E3-1 14 Sustainable oceans and seas Not material -
ESRS E3-4 28 (c) Total water recycled and reused Not material -
ESRS E3-4 29 Total water consumption in m
3
per net revenue on own operations Not material -
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - E4 16 (a) i Not material -
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - E4 16 (b) Not material -
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - E4 16 (c) Not material -
ESRS E4-2 24 (b) Sustainable land / agriculture practices or policies Not material -
ESRS E4-2 24 (c) Sustainable oceans / seas practices or policies Not material -
ESRS E4-2 24 (d) Policies to address deforestation Not material -
ESRS E5-5 37 (d) Non-recycled waste SUS 78
ESRS E5-5 39 Hazardous waste and radioactive waste SUS 78
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - S1 14 (f) Risk of incidents of forced labour Not relevant -
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - S1 14 (g) Risk of incidents of child labour Not relevant -
ESRS S1-1 20 Human rights policy commitments SUS 84-85
ESRS S1-1 21 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8 SUS 85
ESRS S1-1 22 Processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings SUS 84-85
ESRS S1-1 23 Workplace accident prevention policy or management system SUS 85
ESRS S1-3 32 (c) Grievance/complaints handling mechanisms SUS 87
ESRS S1-14 88 (b) and (c) Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accidents SUS 92
ESRS S1-14 88 (e) Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness SUS 92
ESRS S1-16 97 (a) Unadjusted gender pay gap SUS 93
ESRS S1-16 97 (b) Excessive CEO pay ratio SUS 93
ESRS S1-17 103 (a) Incidents of discrimination SUS 93
63
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Disclosure
requirement Datapoint Sustainability statements SFDR reference
Pillar 3
reference
Benchmark
regulation
reference
EU Climate Law
reference Section Page
ESRS S1-17 104 (a) Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD Not relevant -
ESRS 2 SBM-3 - S2 11 (b) Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain SUS 96
ESRS S2-1 17 Human rights policy commitments SUS 96
ESRS S2-1 18 Policies related to value chain workers SUS 96
ESRS S2-1 19 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD guidelines SUS 96
ESRS S2-1 19 Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8 SUS 96
ESRS S2-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream value chain SUS 97
ESRS S3-1 16 Human rights policy commitments Not material -
ESRS S3-1 17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or and OECD guidelines Not material -
ESRS S3-4 36 Human rights issues and incidents Not material -
ESRS S4-1 16 Policies related to consumers and end-users Not material -
ESRS S4-1 17 Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines Not material -
ESRS S4-4 35 Human rights issues and incidents Not material -
ESRS G1-1 §10 (b) United Nations Convention against Corruption Not material -
ESRS G1-1 §10 (d) Protection of whistle- blowers SUS 100
ESRS G1-4 §24 (a) Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws SUS 103
ESRS G1-4 §24 (b) Standards of anti- corruption and anti-bribery SUS 102-103
64
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
General disclosuresExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
66 E1 Climate change
73 E2 Pollution
76 E5 Resource use and circular economy
79 EU Taxonomy
Environment
Annual Report 2025 65
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
E1 Climate change
IRO-1
Impacts, risks and opportunities
AO has identified 1 opportunity and 2 negative impacts
within climate change related to following sub-topics:
· Climate change adaptation
· Climate change mitigation
· Energy
Through AO’s double materiality assessment, the
company identified its key climate-related impacts,
risks, and opportunities across the value chain. The
analysis included GHG emission calculations and a flood
risk assessment of AO’s physical locations using external
expertise and recognised flood risk tools. No full
scenario analysis has been conducted. Only a few sites
were found to be exposed to climate-related hazards.
AO has not yet completed a detailed financial quantifica-
tion of climate-related risks and opportunities but plans
to do so as data maturity improves. However, AO has
found that in terms of its own operations, AO has limited
direct opportunity to have any climate change adaptation
strategi and implementation.
AO does see opportunities in product categories such as
VA, VAGA, and VVS, which support climate adaptation by
helping communities manage floods and rising sea levels.
AO offers products in categories that actively contributes to
assisting in the growing impact of extreme weather events.
AOs GHG assessment shows that Scope 3 accounts for
99% of total emissions, primarily from production, trans-
port, and use of sold goods. Scope 1 and 2, though limited
with only 1% of total emission, remain material due to AO’s
direct influence and the global nature of CO₂ impacts.
AOs direct energy use is limited to its operations (offices,
warehouses, vehicles), while most indirect energy use
stems from manufacturing, transport and product use
within AO’s value chain. To minimize emissions from its
own operations, AO has taken strategic measures such
as transitioning away from fossil-fuel company vehicles,
installing solar panels, and adopting heating systems
with lower emissions.
SBM-3
Resilience Analysis
AO has identified the following material climate-related
risks impacting the operations:
· Physical risk: Two retail sites are located in high risk
of flooding areas, which is posing limited operational
and financial risk due to short downtime and proximity
to alternative locations. No safety risks have been
identified for employees or customers.
· Transition risk: Regulatory changes, evolving market
preferences and technology shifts may affect operations.
However, AO’s diverse supplier base and ability to substi-
tute suppliers reduce exposure and support adaptability.
The resilience analysis, conducted internally in 2023,
assessed the vulnerability of physical sites and the
robustness of the supply chain to climate-related
disruptions. The physical risk mapping was based on
national climate risk zone data, while the supply chain
assessment was performed at a high level without formal
scenario analysis. In 2025 AO has reassessed whether
the results of the 2023 analysis are still applicable and
have concluded that the circumstances are not materially
different, whereas no new analysis has been made in 2025.
AO anticipates a gradual transition toward a low-carbon
economy, with increased renewable energy use and tech-
nological advancements affecting costs and operations.
Financial impact on AO’s own operations is expected to
be limited, while business opportunities are foreseen
within climate adaptation and mitigation product areas.
The primary uncertainty in the resilience analysis lies in
the lack of no formally documented scenario method-
ology behind the assessments. Additionally, timing and
severity of climate-related events and regulatory changes
is uncertain. While AO has identified assets at risk, incor-
porating these insights into the strategic planning and
investment decisions is an evolving process also taking
into consideration the limited amount of assets at risk.
AO has identified Global supply chain risks as one of
the key risks for the Group. It is being evaluated whether
and how to integrate climate change resilience into the
strategy.
AO is assessing its ability to adjust or adapt its strategy
and business model to climate change in both short,
medium, and long term as follows:
· Strategic Flexibility: AO's diversified supply chain and
flexible sourcing strategies position AO well to adapt
to climate-related changes over the short, medium,
and long term.
· Access to finance: AO is committed to maintaining
strong relationships with financial partners to secure
ongoing access to capital at affordable rates.
· Asset management: AO can redeploy, upgrade, or
decommission assets as needed to respond to climate
risks, which is currently very limited.
· Product and service shifts: The business model allows
for adjustments in AO’s product and service offerings
to meet changing market demands.
· Workforce reskilling: AO is prepared to invest in
reskilling the workforce to support new operational
needs arising from climate adaptation strategies.
66
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E1 Climate changeExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
E1-1
Transition plan for climate change
mitigation & adaptation
AO recognises its responsibility to manage resources
sustainably and reduce its climate impact across the
value chain. As a major supplier within the construction
industry and towards private consumers, AO’s own oper-
ations and downstream are mainly in Denmark, Sweden,
and Norway, while its upstream supply chain is global.
AO has developed a transition plan for climate change
mitigation, endorsed by management and integrated into
corporate governance and financial planning to ensure
coordinated implementation and monitoring.
The Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) has validated
AOs targets as aligned with a 1.5°C trajectory:
· Reduce Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 80%
by 2030 from a 2022 base year.
· Reduce Scope 3 emissions by 42% by 2030
from a 2022 base year.
· Reach net-zero emissions across the value
chain by 2045.
No material locked-in emissions have been identified
that could hinder target achievement. AO reports annu-
ally on progress, actions, and adjustments to maintain
alignment with its SBTi-validated pathway and transpar-
ency with stakeholders.
Building on the transition plan, AOs Climate and Environ-
mental Policy establish a structured framework to drive
sustainable progress across its entire value chain. Making
the basis for AO’s decarbonisation levers outlined below:
Climate change mitigation:
· Reducing CO₂e emissions in scope 1, 2, and 3 in
accordance with the Science Based Targets initiative
(SBTi)-validated goals
· Phasing out fossil fuels in heating, company vehicles
and forklifts to meet the CO₂e targets for scope 1 and 2
· Increasing the share of more sustainable products
when sourcing from suppliers to benefit customers.
Through prioritisation and dialogue, AO aim to shift
customer focus towards more sustainable products
· Inspiring partners and the industry to support a
sustainable value chain, also leveraging AO's influ-
ence in industry associations
Climate change adaptation:
· Addressing the consequences of climate change by
adapting locations to the climate
· Providing goods and solutions that assist customers and
local communities with necessary climate adaptation
Energy efficiency and renewable energy deployment:
· Reducing the annual energy consumption and
increasing the share of renewable energy
· Investing in energy-efficient solutions and promoting
energy and CO₂e saving initiatives among both AO’s
customers and suppliers
AO wants to cooperate with its suppliers and encourage
practices across the value chain that increase use of
recycled material and encourage them on their transition
from conventional electricity to renewables. This effort
is essential for addressing emissions from purchased
goods and services, and the use phase of sold products,
which constitute most of AO's indirect emissions.
E1-2
Policies
The scope of AO’s Climate and Environmental Policy is
covering the entire value chain across all geographies
and all identified stakeholders. The ESG Council is
responsible for the implementation of the policy. The
Environmental and Climate Policy solely covers climate
change mitigation and adaptation, energy efficiency,
pollution, waste management, circular economy.
AO's most significant climate and environmental impact
lie within our value chain, meaning a crucial part of our
task is collaborating with customers and suppliers to
drive change in our industry. Through collaboration with
our customers and suppliers, we aim to reduce negative
climate and environmental impacts throughout the entire
value chain, considering a lifecycle perspective.
As the Everyday Green Partner, AO assists its customers by
offering environmental data, products, and services that
support more sustainable constructions and societies.
AO is reducing its own climate and environmental
impacts in its business, regardless of their significance
across the value chain.
AO has committed to adhering to high standards across
the entire group, from top management to stores. This
work is supported by our ESG efforts and a certified
environmental management system, following ISO 14001
standards.
E1-3
Actions
In 2025 AO continued to work towards implementing
actions to achieve its SBTi-validated climate targets and
net-zero goal. AO has developed a structured framework
with expected decarbonisation levers, presented in AO’s
policy, for CO₂ reductions across Scopes 1, 2, and 3, with
a particular focus on emissions from “purchased goods
and services” as well as the “use of sold products”.
Emission-reduction efforts are embedded in AO’s transi-
tion plan and supported by both operational and capital
investments, including energy-efficient buildings and
low-emission company vehicles. There is no concrete
actions to mention and are not significant resource-inten-
sive investments compared to manufacturing industries.
AO does not have an expected GHG emission reduction
for the ongoing actions in the transition plan, beside the
target approved by SBTi.
AO continues to analyse and address key emission
sources across Scope 1, 2, and 3. The largest Scope 3
impacts stem from “use of sold products” from electricity
usage and “purchased goods and services, particularly
ceramics, plastics, and metals. Emission reductions
therefore rely on engagement with direct suppliers and
customers to drive behavioural and material changes.
67
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E1 Climate changeExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
AO is implementing a supplier assessment system to
collect ESG-related data, aiming to gain a better under-
standing by having them directly verify and present their
policies, actions and targets of their business practices
regarding ESG.
Progress and investments are tracked annually, with
detailed financial data disclosed in the Taxonomy section.
E1-4
Targets
Environmental targets on decarbonisation reductions in
AO's own operations, and impact from products sold and
circularity improvement targets have been approved by
the ESG-Council and Board of Directors.
AO submitted a target to reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2
GHG emissions by 80% by 2030 from a 2022 base year
and reach net-zero greenhouse gas emissions across the
value chain by 2045, which was validated by SBTi. These
targets reflect AO’s broader, long-term climate strategy
and are in line with global standards and the EU’s
sustainability regulations.
No additional E1-related targets have been defined
beyond the SBTi-aligned reduction and net-zero goals as
described on the previous page.
E1-5
Energy consumption and mix
Energy efficiency and the transition to renewable energy
are central to AO’s climate strategy, both within the oper-
ations and across the value chain. Internally, AO focuses
on reducing energy consumption by implementing ener-
gy-efficient technologies and installing solar panels to
increase the share of renewable energy in the operations.
Additionally, AO is committed to phasing out conven-
tional fossil fuels in heating, company vehicles, and
forklifts, directly supporting AO's Science Based Targets
for scope 1 and 2. Externally, AO prioritises enabling
customers to make more energy-efficient choices.
By sourcing and offering a broader range of ener-
gy-saving products, AO actively guides customers
towards solutions that lower energy use and reduce
CO₂e during the use phase. Through targeted dialogue
with suppliers, AO will investigate the development and
adoption of renewable energy technologies, particularly
in industries reliant on ceramics, plastics, and metals.
These efforts align with AO's ambition to reach our
net-zero target.
Achieved and expected GHG emission reductions UoM 2025 2024
Achieved GHG emission reductions (Scope 1, 2 & 3) vs base year % -29.8% -36.0%
Expected GHG emission reductions by 2030
Scope 1 & 2 vs 2022 base year % -80.0% -80.0%
Scope 3 vs 2022 base year % -42.0% -42.0%
Expected GHG emission reductions by 2045
Scope 1, 2 & 3 vs 2022 base year -90.0% -90.0%
Energy consumption mix 2025 2024 2023
Fuel consumption from coal and coal products (MWh) 0 0 0
Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum products (MWh) 597.7 1,089.6 2,056.5
Fuel consumption from natural gas (MWh) 171.4 641.7 1,128.5
Fuel consumption from other fossil sources (MWh) 0 0 0
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from
fossil sources (MWh) 11,568.3 11,283.8 12,042.7
Total fossil energy consumption (MWh) 12,337.4 13,015.1 15,227.7
Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption (%) 97.9% 97.9% 99.9%
Consumption from nuclear sources (MWh) 0 0 0
Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption (%) 0% 0% 0%
Fuel consumption for renewable sources, including biomass (also comprising indus-
trial and municipal waste of biologic origin, biogas, renewable hydrogen, etc.) (MWh) 0 0 0
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from
renewable sources (MWh) 0 0 0
The consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy (MWh) 259.4 280.0 8.0
Total renewable energy consumption (MWh) 259.4 280.0 8.0
Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption (%) 2.1% 2.1% 0.1%
Total energy consumption (MWh) 12,596.8 13,295.0 15,235.7
Accounting policy
Energy consumption and mix
Energy from non-renewable sources covers fuel
consumption related to the Group’s leasing car fleet,
natural gas consumption, electricity consumption and
district heating related to the heating of office build-
ings, AO stores and office activities. For conversion
from litre and m
3
consumption to megawatt-hours,
Energistyrelsen and Danmarks Statistik conversion
factors have been used.
Renewable sources
Energy from renewable sources covers electricity
generated, related to office activities.
68
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E1 Climate changeExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
E1-6
GHG emissions
The methodologies, assumptions and emission factors
used to calculate AO Group’s GHG emissions are
disclosed in the accounting policies together with the
presented data. The increase in the Group’s GHG emis-
sions is primarily driven by an unexpected rise in the
electricity grid emission factor, which impacted Cate-
gory 11 – use of sold products. In addition, Category
11 emissions increased due to CO₂ emissions from the
washing of sold workwear products within AO Workwear.
While the Group expects continued growth in sales
volumes, emission intensity is expected to decline over
time due to lower grid emission factors and the use of
EPDs in the calculation of Category 1 – Purchased goods
and services, reflecting lower emissions per product
purchased and sold.
Year Target
t CO
2
e 2025 2024 Baseline 2022 % vs LY % vs Baseline 2030 2045
Annual %
target/
Baseline
Scope 1 GHG emissions
Gross scope 1 GHG emissions 194 420 1,602 -53.8% -87. 9 % 320 160 10.0%
Scope 2 GHG emissions
Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions 2,108 1,941 3,093 8.6% -31.8% 619 309 10.0%
Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions 3,832 4,712 5,451 -18.7% -29.7% 1,090 545 10.0%
Significant scope 3 GHG emissions
Category
1. Purchased Goods & Services 167,159 160,179 171,917 4.4% -2.8%
2. Capital Goods 1 2 2 -70.7% -68.2%
3. Fuel & Energy related Emissions 390 246 436 58.6% -10.5%
4. Upstream Transportation & Distribution 20,578 16,337 18,797 26.0% 9.5%
5. Waste generated in Operations 393 374 703 5.1% -44.1%
6. Business Travel 76 63 89 20.3% -14.5%
7. Employee Commuting 812 753 642 7.8% 26.5%
9. Downstream Transportation & Distribution 4,853 4,141 6,221 17.2 % -22.0%
11. Use of Sold Products 533,415 480,877 838,255 10.9% -36.4%
12. End-of-life Treatment of Sold Products 3,215 3,146 3,162 2.2% 1.7%
13. Downstream leased Assets 2 3 4 -22.8% -52.0%
Total scope 3 GHG emissions 730,893 666,121 1,040,228 9.7% -29.7% 603,332 5.3%
Total GHG emissions
Total GHG emissions location based 733,195 668,482 1,044,923 9.7% -29.8% 66,850 3.2%
Total GHG emissions market based 734,919 671,253 1,047,281 9.5% -29.8% 67,127 3.2%
GHG intensity based on net revenue UoM 2025 2024 2023 2022
GHG intensity (location based) t CO
2
e per DKK million 119.8 123.1 188.3 194.4
GHG intensity (market based) t CO
2
e per DKK million 120.1 123.6 188.7 194.8
Accounting policy
GHG intensity (scope 1, 2 & 3)
GHG intensity has been calculated as gross scope
1, scope 2 location-based/market-based, and gross
scope 3 CO₂e emissions divided by reported net
revenue in DKK million.
69
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E1 Climate changeExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
§ Accounting policies for GHG
emissions scope 1, 2 & 3
§ Direct GHG emissions (scope 1 & 2)
Scope 1 emissions are reported based on the Green-
house Gas (GHG) Protocol and cover all direct emissions
of greenhouse gases from AO. The direct carbon emis-
sions from various fuels are determined based on the
fuel quantities and the relevant emission factor.
Indirect GHG emissions (scope 2)
Scope 2 emissions are reported based on the GHG
Protocol and include indirect GHG emissions from
the generation of electricity and heat purchased and
consumed by AO. Scope 2 emissions are primarily
calculated as the power volumes purchased multiplied
by the emission factor for electricity. For district heating,
a central heating emission conversion factor is used
and no local district emission factors are used. Loca-
tion-based emissions are calculated based on average
country-specific emission factors. Market-based emis-
sions consider renewable power purchased and assume
that regular power is delivered as residual power.
Indirect GHG emissions (scope 3)
Scope 3 emissions are reported based on the GHG
Protocol, where the scope 3 inventory is split into 15
subcategories (C1-C15):
Category 1. Purchased goods for resale emissions
were calculated using a physical data approach, where
products were categorized based on weight and custom
codes to estimate material composition and assign GWP
emission factors. This covered 88% of the purchased
goods list, with extrapolations applied to remaining
items. For products lacking weight data, weight and
emissions were estimated using averages from the other
comparable product categories. For remaining prod-
ucts and services not meant for resale, a spend-based
approach was applied, using AO’s financial data across
entities and emission factors from the EEIO database,
adjusted for inflation and currency conversion.
Category 2 includes GHG emissions from capital goods
procurement. CO₂e were calculated using a spend-based
approach and relevant emission factors were applied.
Category 3 includes the indirect emissions of fuels,
electricity and district heating. They were calculated
using data from scope 1 and 2. When location-specific
emission factors were unavailable for Denmark, proxy
factors were applied. The indirect share of the market-
based emission factors was determined using the DK grid
mix emission factor split.
Category 4 includes transportation emissions from
suppliers, goods transportation between stores, ware-
houses, and direct deliveries to customers. For deliveries
from AO to own facilities or customers CO₂e-reports were
provided by the transportation-companies. For emissions
deriving from delivery to AO these reports were not avail-
able. Therefore, the calculations were based on: Product
origin, weight, and units and they were used to group
suppliers by country and region. Transport distances
were estimated using seadistance.org, with emissions
calculated based on assumed distances and product
weights. Where country of origin was not available
emissions were extrapolated based on averages from the
known data sources.
70
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E1 Climate changeExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Scope 3
category ID
Scope 3
category Justification
8 Upstream leased assets The fuel and electricity consumption of leased items are accounted for in Scope
1-2 and Scope 3.3. Double accounting is avoided. The life cycle emissions asso-
ciated with manufacturing or constructing leased assets are optional. SBT asks
to exclude optional GHG activities from the Scope 3 GHG boundary.
10 Processing of Sold Products AO does not sell products that (may) require further processing.
14 Franchises AO does not operate a franchising business model.
15 Investments AO does not have any investments that fall under the definition of this category.
Category 5 includes emissions from waste disposal,
based on data provided on waste type from AO’s waste
handling partners. Relevant emission factors were multi-
plied by the waste amount.
Category 6 includes emissions from business travel,
calculated using a spend-based approach. Travel
spending was categorized into domestic, foreign, and
client-related travel, with a statistical ratio applied as
a proxy for other locations. Emissions were calculated
using spend-based factors for air and land travel, while
hotel stay emissions were estimated using an average
hotel rate and a global emission factor per night.
Category 7 includes emissions from employee
commuting, calculated based on average travel distance,
transport mode, and the number of employees, including
temporary workers. The transport split was derived from
national statistics, with commuting distances adjusted
for round trips and annual working days. Emission factors
were applied except for foot and bike travel, which were
set to zero.
Category 9 includes customer product pick-ups in 2025.
The average shopping travel distance in Denmark (14.7
km/day) was used. Emissions were calculated without
considering product weight.
Category 11 includes emissions from the use of sold
products including the emissions related to the product’s
entire lifetime. As no use-phase data was provided by
suppliers, estimates were made. Estimations were made
based on the list of purchased products, the available
product category information and purchased units. The
calculations were performed according to the following
steps: the total purchased products list was filtered into
product categories with products (grouped by custom
codes) assumed to consume electricity. The assumed
electricity-consuming product categories were sorted by
relevance in terms of units purchased. The top product
categories of the list were analysed, and for those
which were possible to assume electricity consumption,
the following estimations were made: watts; product
description; product's life time in years; product's daily
usage. For some product categories not enough informa-
tion was available to estimate the electricity consump-
tion. As a conservative approach, an extrapolation has
been made for the calculation of the total electricity
consumption of the possibly electricity-consuming
product categories. Where data was insufficient (about
10%), extrapolation was applied.
Category 12 includes emissions from the end-of-life
treatment of sold products. Products were sorted by
weight, with the most relevant categories covering 80%
of the total. Material and waste type assumptions were
made, and a waste ratio was applied to the full product
list. Waste treatment methods were based on statistical
data, with emissions per kg of waste calculated.
Category 13 includes emissions from the operation of
assets owned and leased to third parties. CO₂e were
calculated using a spend-based approach, with emission
factors adjusted for inflation.
The subcategories 8, 10, 14 and 15 are not relevant for
AO and were therefore excluded. See tabel below.
The metrics for the scope 3 calculations will have higher
level of uncertainty, as the data is based on extrapola-
tions, estimates, judgments and conversion factors.
71
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E1 Climate changeExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Ta rget
AO Denmark
The carbon emissions for scope 1 and 2
2025
-64%
2020
Baseline
1,835
tonnes CO
2
1,794
tonnes CO
2
1,692
tonnes CO
2
1,563
tonnes CO
2
965
tonnes CO
2
2021 2022 2023 2024
660
tonnes CO
2
Update on the original AO Denmark
CO₂e-targets for scope 1 & 2
As part of AO’s ongoing commitment to sustainability and
reducing the environmental impact, ambitious climate
targets were set for AO Denmark.
AO Denmark original targets
Since 2020, AO Denmark has committed to reducing its
Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 50% by 2025, with a
longer-term goal of achieving zero emissions in scope 1 &
2 by 2030. These targets were designed to align with AO
Denmark’s operational focus and are outlined in previous
annual reports.
Fulfilment and phase-out of AO Denmark’s
original Scope 1 & 2 CO₂ target
In 2025, AO Denmark has achieved its original climate
target to reduce Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions for
AO Danmarks activities by at least 50% compared to
the 2020 baseline. The total reduction amounts to 64%
exceeding the original target.
The reduction has been achieved through targeted
actions, including electrification of vehicles and
phase-out of fossil fuels for heating and forklifts.
As disclosed in last year's annual report, 2025 is the
final year in which AO reports separately on this original
Scope 1 and 2 target for AO Danmarks activities. Going
forward, climate reporting will focus exclusively on the
AO Group’s Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi)-vali-
dated targets for Scope 1, 2 and 3, which constitute the
primary framework for the Group’s climate strategy.
The fulfilment of the original target represents an impor-
tant milestone in AO Denmarks climate transition and
provides a solid foundation for continued progress under
the Group’s more ambitious, science-based climate
targets.
Fuel for company vehicles Fuel for forklifts Gas for heating
Electricity District Heating ■ Electricity for company vehicles
72
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E1 Climate changeExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
E2 Pollution
IRO-1
Impacts, risks and opportunities
AO has identified one negative impact within pollution
related to following sub-topics:
· Substances of very high concern
AOs material impact on pollution relate to Substances of
Very High Concern (SVHC) in products sold to customers,
affecting both upstream and downstream activities. In
2024 an analysis was conducted across all operations
to identify harmful substances and quantities stored at
each site.
The impact is largely connected from activities in the
value chain, e.g. the extraction and processing of raw
materials, manufacturing process or components within
the products AO acquire and distribute to customers.
AOs product line includes a multitude of chemicals
commonly used in the construction industry.
Although the physical pollution risk from storage is
limited, all sites comply with regulatory and ISO 14001
requirements for hazardous materials and fire safety.
Some SVHCs, such as assembly foam and universal
spray, may cause lasting environmental or health
impacts, primarily affecting users in the downstream
value chain.
Pollution topics were not deemed financially material
due to the limited product range and strong regulation.
However, AO continues to explore opportunities to reduce
harmful substances in collaboration with customers.
The IRO assessment is reviewed annually, based on
changes in supply chains or operations, using input from
safety data sheets, REACH restriction lists, and the ECHA
SCIP database.
The scope of AO's climate & environmental policy is
covering the whole value chain across all geographies
and all identified stakeholders. The environmental and
climate policy solely covers climate change mitigation
and adaptation, energy efficiency, pollution, waste
management, circular economy.
Process for analysing SVHC
Based on safety data sheets AO has conducted an anal-
ysis of all chemicals sold. The analysis was performed by
internal and external specialists.
Based on the safety data sheet information all chemicals
were divided into categories based on REACH restriction
lists. All new chemicals are analysed to assess which
restriction lists (if any) the substances are categorised
into. Articles with SVHC-substances are monitored
through the registration of goods that are listed in the
SCIP-database by the European Chemicals Agency (ECHA).
The reported quantities of chemicals and articles
containing SVHC substances reflect the total weight in
kilograms of the products, regardless of the propor-
tion of SVHC substances within them. The disclosure
is not validated by an external body. The information
and communication provided on these substances to
customers follows the CLP-regulation.
E2-1
Policies on substances of very high concern
AOs Climate and Environmental Policy and Corporate
Social Responsibility Policy address pollution preven-
tion and the management of harmful substances across
the value chain. The CTO is responsible for implemen-
tation, supported by AO’s ISO 14001-certified environ-
mental management system. Key contents of the policy
are outlined below:
Pollution prevention and control
· AO works to minimise pollution of air, water, and soil
through compliance with ISO 14001 procedures
· Continuous employee involvement, and performance
monitoring
· Environmental considerations are integrated into
management and procurement processes.
Substitution and phase-out of harmful substances
· AO annually analyses its product portfolio and
engages suppliers to reduce and phase out
Substances of Very High Concern (SVHCs)
· Targeting a full phase-out by 2030, especially for
consumer-facing products
· AO prioritises purchasing and promoting more sustain-
able product alternatives
Incident prevention and control
· AO maintains strict compliance with hazardous mate-
rials and fire safety regulations
· Emergency handling and spill prevention are
embedded in the ISO 14001 system to ensure rapid
response and mitigation of potential impacts
The policy applies globally across AO’s operations and
value chain and is regularly reviewed in dialogue with
suppliers and customers to align with evolving standards
and regulations.
73
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E2 PollutionExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
E2-2
Actions
Reducing harmful substances in the chemicals AO sells
relates to both upstream and downstream activities, and
is addressed in the following way:
· Annually analyse and reduce the amount of environ-
mentally harmful substances by engaging in dialogue
with suppliers on how to replace or phase them out,
particularly in products sold to private consumers and
substances of very high concern (SVHC).
· Increasing the share of sustainable products when
purchasing from suppliers to benefit AO’s customers.
Through prioritisation and dialogue, AO aim to shift
customer focus towards sustainable products.
· AO reduces environmentally harmful substances for
the benefit of both people and the environment.
AO works with monitoring harmful substances both
in terms of reduction of harmful substances as well as
handling emergency situations and is a part of the certified
ISO 14001-manangement system. The entire AO, from
top management to stores, is certified in the ISO 14001
environmental management system, which includes:
· Actively involving employees in environmental efforts
· Including environmental topics on the agenda of
internal sales, board, and management meetings
· Measuring departments on environmental perfor-
mance, just as they are measured on other outcomes
· Ensuring that initiatives with environmental impact are
planned, implemented, and evaluated in collaboration
with AO's responsible environmental unit
· Assisting AO's customers in making green choices
when shopping with us
AO has consulted stakeholders by interviewing
customers about their view on AO’s customer-related
work with sustainability including harmful substances.
Neighbours were not consulted regarding the matter, but
as harmful substances are a well-regulated field, AO are
following regulation on the matter including requirement
to warehouse setup.
E2-3
Targets
AOs target is to eliminate all SVHC-substances in
products AO sell by 2030 and reduce substances
of concern, where substitutes are technically and
commercially viable.
As 2030 is a medium time frame, the interim target is
to decrease the sales of chemical products with SVHC
substances each year.
No official methodology and no significant assumptions
has been used to set the target. The target are related to
the EU’s chemicals strategy for sustainability towards
a toxic-free environment and the scientific evidence
proposed in the strategy.
AO plans to track the effectiveness of its actions yearly
by analysing the substances in chemicals using special-
ised software and track the amounts sold of SVHC
substances as well as substances of other REACH restric-
tion lists. The Target was set in 2024. AO has consulted
stakeholders by customer interview during the fall of
2023 about their view on AO’s customer-related work
with sustainability including harmful substances. They
were not a part of the target setting process.
The target relates directly to the climate and environ-
mental policy as stated above. AO follows regulation
updates using software and updates its list of relevant
regulation each year.
91.5%
2025
2030
100%
0%
2024
94.1%
Progress towards SVHC 2030 target
74
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E2 PollutionExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
2025 2024 (restated) 2024 (original)
Pollution - Substances of very high concern UoM SCIP SVHC SCIP SVHC SCIP SVHC
Amount of substances of very high concern that leave
facilities as part of products by main hazard classes of
substances of concern
Weight
tonnes 1,226.1 34.1 913.3 26.1 679.8 9.6
Percentage of net revenue generated by products and
services that are or that contain substances of very
high concern % 8.5% 0.03% 5.8% 0.04% 5.8% 0.04%
* The 2025 reporting period introduces a revised number for Pollution - Substances of very high concern. The metric in last year’s report did not capture the total weight of
all sold products. In contrast, the 2025 metric now reflects the total weight for all sold products classified as substances of very high concern. As a result, figures from
2024 have been updated to reflect the same definition as the 2025 figures to be comparable.
E2-5 entity specific
Accounting policy
Substances of very high concern (SVHC)
Substances of Very High Concern (SVHC) are
particularly hazardous substances identified
under the EU REACH Regulation.
SCIP is the EU database under the Waste
Framework Directive in which suppliers must
register articles containing SVHC above 0.1%
weight by weight. Information on SVHC in
chemical substances and mixtures is instead
provided in Safety Data Sheets (SDS).
Provided are the total weight (in tonnes) and
percentage of net revenue of SVHC as part of
substances or articles (ingredients in final
products) sold in AO.
The volume of SVHC is presented as the total
weight (in tonnes) of all substances or articles
containing SVHC, not the total weight of the
actual SVHC ingredient.
The weight of a substance or article is
included if the SVHC concentration exceeds
0.1% weight by weight.
75
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E2 PollutionExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
E5 Resource use and circular economy
IRO-1
Impacts, risks and opportunities
AO has identified three negative impacts within resource
use and circular economy related to following sub-topics:
· Resource inflows
· Resource outflows
· Waste
AOs assessment of resource use and circular economy
impacts is based on extensive industry knowledge,
continuous desk research, and internal and external
knowledge sharing. The assessment incorporates
general data from the construction industry and prod-
uct-specific supplier data on waste and packaging.
AO monitors international legislation and market trends
to identify emerging risks and opportunities, particularly
related to compliance and circular business models.
Although AO’s own operations have limited local envi-
ronmental impact and are not classified as polluting,
as defined by the Danish Environmental Protection Act,
upstream activities in the value chain does have an
impact on the stakeholders due to resource extraction
and material production. These impacts are difficult to
trace and mitigate given value chain complexity.
Regarding AO’s own activities, AO’s main resource
impacts stem from purchased packaging, involving the
use of energy, water, and raw materials. Internal resource
use primarily relates to energy for facilities and pack-
aging production. Going forward, AO aims to strengthen
risk assessments and stakeholder management related
to resource use and circular economy.
While identifying IROs relevant for resource use and
circular economy, all types of resource inflows and
outflows were considered, including energy and water
consumption in own operations as well as in upstream and
downstream activities. Water was deemed non-material
(see non-material topics based on DMA). Energy consump-
tion and impact of resource use of AO’s value chain are
covered in section E1 Climate change on page 66.
AO calculate and analyse its waste and packaging with
product-specific supplier data. However, due to the
complexity of the value chain and no direct influence
on the initial stages of product production, the negative
impacts in upstream activities are difficult to mitigate, as
well as downstream activities regarding resource loss if
products are not properly managed or recycled.
E5-1
Policies
AOs Climate and Environmental Policy cover the full
value chain and all stakeholders across geographies.
Given that most material impacts occur upstream, the
policy primarily targets supplier and product-related
activities, while also addressing AOs own waste reduc-
tion and resource efficiency efforts.
The ESG Council is responsible for the implementation of
the policy, which focuses on climate change mitigation
and adaptation, energy efficiency, pollution prevention,
waste management, and circular economy. It is publicly
available on AO’s website and intranet.
All employees must complete online training on envi-
ronmental and climate practices and are encouraged to
engage with the sustainability team for questions or ideas.
In addition to the Climate and Environmental Policy
AO prioritises waste reduction and minimising the use
of virgin resources operations through reducing own
packaging amounts and procuring reusable transport
packaging or packaging made of recycled materials if
possible. This is an ongoing effort, supported by Pack-
aging and Packaging Waste Regulation timeline.
E5-2
Actions
AO has implemented a company-wide waste sorting
system, continuously optimised for each location.
Employees complete training on proper sorting and
receive updates as new information becomes available.
Monthly waste data is visualised and shared internally
to track progress, identify best practices, and support
underperforming sites.
In Q2 2025, packaging flows at the central warehouse
were mapped to identify challenges and opportunities
regarding reduction of used packaging. Various initia-
tives for packaging reduction were suggested. Some of
them were investigated and implemented in Q4 2025.
In Q4 2025, damaged and defective goods were investi-
gated as well, to identify potential for resell options.
Related to the Extended Producer Responsibility for Pack-
aging, AO is continuously working on collecting correct
packaging data from relevant suppliers. Furthermore,
in Q4 2025, relevant requirements and targets set in
Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation were mapped
and will in 2026 contribute to setting packaging reduction
targets. AO has also mapped packaging design criteria
according to the Extended Producer Responsibility, which
will help identify and encourage procurement of packaging
with the least environmental impact. Due to the complexity
76
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E5 Resource use and circular economyExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
of AO’s value chain, AO is currently not focusing on circular
resources in the products’ value chain.
These initiatives form the foundation for AO’s devel-
oping circular strategy, focusing on waste prevention,
value retention, and procurement of recycled materials.
Actions are reviewed continuously and adjusted based
on results.
E5-3
Targets
AO has defined one target regarding circular
economy, which is specified in the Climate and
Environmental Policy:
AO has set a target to sort at least 90% of its total waste.
Sorted waste is defined as all waste streams that are
not classified as residual waste or waste sent to land-
fill (deponi). Consequently, the share of sorted waste
is calculated as total waste generated minus residual
waste and landfill waste, expressed as a percentage of
total waste. The calculation is based on data from waste
management providers.
AO plans to track the effectiveness of its actions yearly
by analysing the amount of waste that is sorted for
further treatment and amount of residual waste. The
baseline for the calculation will be 2024, as the target
has been set during 2024.
Danish legislation does not set any specific waste
sorting targets that companies must reach. AO’s waste
sorting targets are not based on any significant assump-
tions but inspired by legislation and driven by AO’s
environmental ambitions. Regarding packaging targets,
AO will in 2026 take point of departure in targets set in
Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation.
Due to the complexity of AO’s value chain, AO is
currently not focusing on circular resources in the
products’ value chain.
AO's target is to have 90% of waste sorted for
further treatment by 2030 and residual waste
should be no more than 10 % of all waste
produced by AO. This relates to recycling in the
waste hierarchy.
Waste sorted for further treatment
86%
2025
2030
90%
77
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E5 Resource use and circular economyExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
E5-4
Resources inflows
Due to the extent of AO’s product range and consequently
its wide-reaching and complex value chain, AO has not
executed an analysis of its full resource inflows.
Regarding own operations, AO mapped its own pack-
aging consumption to start working on reduction of
procured packaging. These are the resource inflows that
are within AOs full control. AO is also in the process of
collecting detailed packaging data from its suppliers in
line with Extended Producer Responsibility for Packaging.
However, these resource inflows are outside AOs control.
The impact of resource use in AO’s value chain is elabo-
rated in the E1 Climate change section on page 66.
E5-5
Resources outflows and waste
AOs main activities are procurement and sales, with
limited own production, making waste management a
key environmental focus area.
AO generates some waste, in connection with its normal
operations. Cardboard packaging is AO’s largest mate-
rial waste stream, accounting for 38% of its total waste.
The second largest material waste stream is wood,
at around 27%, followed by incinerated waste, which
makes up about 20%. Plastic account for 4% and steel,
other metals, and ceramics combined account for 3% of
AOs total waste. Other material waste streams do not
exceed 1.5% of annual waste.
Waste data is collected from certified waste management
partners who sort, weigh, and report data monthly based
on verified measurements and invoices. Reporting covers
all AO locations in Denmark, Sweden, and Norway.
Waste UoM 2025 2024
Total amount of waste generated Weight tonnes 1,714 1,708
Non-recycled waste Weight tonnes 329 315
Percentage of non-recycled waste % 19.2% 18.4%
2025 2024
Waste UoM Hazardous
Non-
hazardous Hazardous
Non-
hazardous
Diverted from disposal Preparation for reuse Weight tonnes 0 5 0 0
Recycling Weight tonnes 2 1,383 3 1,390
Other recovery operations Weight tonnes 1 201 3 209
Directed to disposal Incineration Weight tonnes 0 112 0 82
Landfill Weight tonnes 0 10 0 21
Other disposal operations Weight tonnes 0 0 0 0
Accounting policy
Waste weight
Waste treatment volumes are reported in absolute
tonnage (in tonnes) of waste collected from AO's loca-
tion during the reporting period. All data is third-party
and actual data.
Non-recycled waste
Total weight in tonnage (in tonnes) and percentage of
waste that has not been recycled.
Small projects encouraging
reduction of waste
NEXT
Whenever AO has materials and products that are
still intact and useful but not eligible for sale, such as
screws that have expired and are in old packaging, AO
sends them to a vocational school that can use them for
training and education of future carpenters, rather than
disposing of the screws.
RED project
The 'RED' project, initiated by our customer Finn L. &
Davidsen, receives donations several times a year from
AO. We provide slow-moving stock items and return
products with cosmetic damage, which are handed out
to DIY enthusiasts once a year.
78
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
E5 Resource use and circular economyExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
EU Taxonomy
Under the EU Taxonomy Regulation, listed companies
employing more than 500 people must disclose the share
of their revenue, expenses and capital employed in 2025
that are defined as environmentally sustainable under the
Taxonomy Regulation.
For the 2025 financial year, reporting is required in relation to
“Countering climate change”, “Adapting to climate change”,
"Water", "Pollution", "Circular Economy", and "Biodiversity
and ecosystems".
AO is an environmentally aware and climate conscious
company. As stated previously, AO’s direct carbon footprint
is limited, as we are a wholesaler and conduct neither major
production nor other activities that could potentially harm
the environment and climate. That is why reporting on the
environmental sustainability of AO’s activities as defined in
the EU Taxonomy Regulation is limited and does not present
a complete view of AO’s environmental and climate efforts,
as they extend beyond AO’s own activities. See section E1
Climate change on page 66 for more information about AOs
activities.
AO has conducted an analysis of its activities to identify if
any of the activities are eligible as defined in the Annexes
1-2 of the Climate delegated act or in the Annexes 1-4 of the
Environmental delegated act in the EU Taxonomy Regulation.
The aim of this has been to identify whether AO has any
reportable turnover, investments or expenses to be included
in the report for 2025.
Wholesale trading is not included as a separate activity in
the EU Taxonomy Regulation. Hence AO only has sub-activi-
ties that are covered by the Regulation.
Identified areas with eligible economic activities during
the reporting period were further assessed for alignment.
However, AO does not claim alignment for 2025 due to insuf-
ficient documentation in the relevant areas.
Reporting in accordance with the taxonomy
According to the classification system in the EU Taxonomy,
AO is required to submit a report in relation to activity “CCM
6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and commer-
cial vehicles” and “CCM 7.7 Acquisition and ownership of
buildings”. Both activities are deemed to have the potential
to contribute to the environmental and climate objective
“Adapting to climate change”.
AO has compared the two identified activities "CCM 6.5
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial
vehicles” and "CCM 7.7 Acquisition and ownership of build-
ings” with technical screening criteria according to the
Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 and have identified 0% of
the revenue, 55% of the investments, and 26 % of the total
maintenance expenses to be eligible according to the classi-
fication system, cf. below in the taxonomy form for turnover,
capital expenditure (CapEx) and operating expenses (OpEx).
None of the turnover, investments or operating expenses
have been assessed as being environmentally sustainable
activities.
As yet, no capital expenditure plan for upgrading AO’s invest-
ments to become environmentally sustainable in the longer
term has been made.
This is illustrated below in the mandatory tables in accord-
ance with Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/852.
Conclusion
AO has specifically assessed the do no significant harm
requirement for both eligible activities (CCM 6.5 and CCM 7.7)
and does not claim alignment for any of the activities in 2025
due to insufficient documentation in the relevant areas.
Nuclear and fossil gas related activities
Nuclear energy related activities
1
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demon-
stration and deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce
energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle.
No
2
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear instal-
lations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial
processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available technologies.
No
3
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installa-
tions that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or indus-
trial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades.
No
Fossil gas related activities
4
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of elec-
tricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
5
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and oper-
ation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
6
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and oper-
ation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
79
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
EU TaxonomyExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Taxonomy form for AO
Breakdown by environmental objectives
of Taxonomy aligned activities
Financial year (2025)
Total
2
mDKK
Proportion of Taxonomy
eligible activities
3
Taxonomy aligned
activities
4
Currency
Proportion of Taxonomy
aligned activities
5
Mitigation
Climate Change
6
Adaptation
Climate Change
7
Water
8
Economy Circular
9
Pollution
10
Biodiversity
11
Proportion of enabling
activities
12
Proportion of
transitional activities
13
Not assessed activities
considered non-material
14
Taxonomy aligned
activities in previous
financial year (N-1)
15
mDKK
Proportion of Taxonomy
aligned activities in
previous financial year
(N-1)
16
KPI
1
Turnover 6,120.82 0% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 0%
CapEx 234.55 54.9% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 0%
OpEx 65.70 28.0% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 0%
80
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
EU TaxonomyExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Taxonomy form for turnover, OpEx and CapEx
Environmental objective of Taxonomy
aligned activities
Financial year (2025)
Economic Activities
1
Code
2
Taxonomy eligible KPI
(Proportion of Taxonomy
eligible Turnover, OpEx &
CapEx)
3
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(monetary value of
Turnover, OpEx & CapEx)
4
mDKK
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(Proportion of Taxonomy
aligned Turnover, OpEx &
CapEx)
5
Mitigation
Climate Change
6
Adaptation
Climate Change
7
Water
8
Circular Economy
9
Pollution
10
Biodiversity
11
Enabling activity
12
Transitional activity
13
Proportion of Taxonomy
aligned in Taxonomy
eligible
14
Reported KPI (Turnover)
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles 6.5 0.0% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% T 0%
Acquisition and ownership of buildings 7.7 0.0% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Sum of alignment per objective 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Total KPI (Turnover) 0.0% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Reported KPI (OpEx)
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles 6.5 2.3% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% T 0%
Acquisition and ownership of buildings 7.7 25.8% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Sum of alignment per objective 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Total KPI (OpEx) 28.0% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Reported KPI (CapEx)
Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles 6.5 6.1% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% T 0%
Acquisition and ownership of buildings 7.7 48.8% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Sum of alignment per objective 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
Total KPI (CapEx) 54.9% 0 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
81
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
EU TaxonomyExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Accounting policies for taxonomy
All KPIs have been calculated on Group level in accordance
with Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178
of 6 July 2021 supplementing Regulation (EU) 220/852 of
the European Parliament and of the Council, Annex 1. The
accounting policies below are described in detail to allow a
better understanding of how the proportion of AO's taxon-
omy-aligned and taxonomy-eligible activities has been
calculated.
Turnover
Turnover is calculated on the same basis as the turnover in
the financial statements. No turnover has been identified for
activity "CCM 6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars
and commercial vehicles" and activity "CCM 7.7 Acquisition
and ownership of buildings".
CapEx
Capital expenditure for activity "CCM 6.5 Transport by
motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial vehicles” is
calculated based on Annex 1, section 1.1.2 and includes the
purchase and lease of company cars and other vehicles. This
is viewed in relation to the total investments in "Intangible
assets" (excluding goodwill), "Property, plant and equip-
ment" and "Right-of-use assets", cf. notes 3.1-3.3 of AO’s
Annual Report for 2025.
Capital expenditure for activity "CCM 7.7 Acquisition and
ownership of buildings” is calculated based on Annex 1,
section 1.1.2 and includes all acquisitions and property
leases. This is viewed in relation to the total investments in
"Intangible assets" (excluding goodwill), "Property, plant
§ Accounting policies
and equipment" and "Right -of-use assets", cf. notes 3.1-3.3
of AO’s Annual Report for 2025.
OpEx
Operating expenses for activity "CCM 6.5 Transport by
motorbikes, passenger cars and commercial vehicles" are
calculated based on Annex 1, section 1.1.3. and include all
direct maintenance expenses associated with the Group’s
company cars and other vehicles.
The proportion of operating expenses is calculated as
direct maintenance expenses, viewed in relation to the
Group's total operating expenses.
Operating Expenses for activity "CCM 7.7 Acquisition and
ownership of buildings“ are calculated based on Annex 1,
section 1.1.3. and include all direct maintenance expenses
associated with the operative administration of own and
leased property. The proportion of maintenance expenses
is calculated as direct maintenance expenses, which are
viewed in relation to the Group's total operating expenses.
Through cross checking with the Annual Report for 2025,
it has been ensured that there is no duplication of the
components included in the calculation of revenue, capital
expenditure and operating expenses.
82
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
EU TaxonomyExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
84 S1 Own workforce
96 S2 Workers in the value chain
Social
Annual Report 2025 83
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1 Own workforce
SBM-3
Impacts, risks and opportunities
AO has identified two negative impacts within own work-
force related to follwing sub-topics:
· Working conditions
· Equal treatment and opportunities for all
The employees are the core of AO, and they are crucial to
the companys success and results. AO is committed to
being a socially responsible business and ensuring that
every employee is satisfied and has the best working
conditions.
Potential impacts can lead to the loss of talented
employees and a challenge of recruiting and developing
the necessary resources and expertise. Economic down-
turns and business acquisitions can potentially lead to
negative impacts on the workforce.
Through targeted activities in own working environment
and employee development, AO strives to create long-
term opportunities. AO focuses on building a dynamic
and flexible workforce capable of adapting to changes
and supporting the company’s ambitions of being an
attractive, inclusive, and socially responsible workplace.
AO operate in an industry that traditionally did not have
many women, making it difficult to achieve equal gender
distribution, however, AO focuses on equality and devel-
opment for all.
Health and safety can potentially have large negative
impacts for AO’s employees, which makes it a high
priority for AO management to mitigate amount and
severity.
The company’s CHRO is responsible for the implemen-
tation of all HR policies applying to the entire AO Group,
unless anything else is stated.
The measurement of the metrics related to characteristics
of own employees is based on the AO Group and is not vali-
dated by an external body, unless otherwise else is stated.
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
AOs employees are the foundation for the company’s
success and results. Channels for open communication
and daily interaction present AO’s employees with an
opportunity to engage and share meaningful insights,
giving all employees a voice at the company, as well as in
the Works Council and the Board of Directors.
Employees have an increasing expectation of trans-
parency in relation to well-being, work pressure and
management culture, as well as an interest in how the
company supports work-life balance. AO focuses on
offering employees a healthy and safe working envi-
ronment, opportunities for skills development and an
inclusive culture with respect for human rights, including
diversity and equal opportunities for all employees. The
above is part of AO’s strategy and business model with
a focus on, e.g., creating an attractive, inclusive and
socially responsible workplace.
Customers and business partners are showing increasing
attention to social responsibility in the value chain. They
demand documentation of decent working conditions,
respect for human rights and active efforts against
discrimination - both internally and with subcontractors.
AO uses inputs from stakeholders to determine the
most important social topics in its CSRD reporting and
to define goals and initiatives that support the respon-
sible and sustainable development of the organisation
and its employees.
No special impacts or dependencies have been identi-
fied. See Stakeholder section on page 56.
S1-1
Policies related to own workforce
While not covered directly in the policies mentioned
below, AO prioritises employee well-being, retention,
and development, and will continue to strengthen its
efforts in the identified areas to ensure a workplace
that promotes both well-being and motivation among
employees.
AO is dedicated to advancing its initiatives and achieving
its ambitious social goals so that the company can
maintain a supportive and diverse work environment
that contributes to the sustainable development of all
employees, the company, and society.
AO takes pride in a strong corporate culture, reflected in
low employee turnover and a commitment to ensuring the
health and safety of everyone.
AOs employee code of conduct, including guidelines
and company's ethics and compliance policy defines and
establishes the expected behaviour in both internal and
external situations.
All employees are expected to act in accordance with this
code of conduct, respecting AO’s principles and commit-
ments regarding health and safety, discrimination,
anti-corruption and bribery, environment, data protec-
tion, etc. Managers are responsible for ensuring the
implementation and adherence to the code of conduct.
HR activities are managed by a central HR function
headed by the company’s CHRO. The HR function is
tasked with the management of the material impacts
affecting AO’s own workforce.
Human and labour rights
AO complies with and upholds fundamental international
human rights standards, including the UN Universal
84
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Declaration of Human Rights, the core principles on
human rights as described in the UN Guiding Principles
on Business and Human Rights, the EU Convention on
Human Rights, and the basic conventions adopted by
the International Labour Organization (ILO), which is an
agency of the UN dealing with labour issues.
AOs policy on respect for human rights specifically
addresses the right to freely associate, organise, and
engage in collective bargaining. AO does not tolerate
forced labour, child labour, or discrimination. AO’s policies
do not address trafficking in human beings as AO complies
with national and local rights as well as EU legislation.
AOs policy on respect for human rights and supplier code
of conduct, which are part of AOs broader sustainability
strategy set out by the ESG Council, apply to all employees
and business partners, ensuring that respect for human
rights is upheld naturally throughout the company.
Health and safety
Ensuring a safe and healthy work environment is one of
AO's top priorities and health and safety guidelines were
implemented with standards to protect and ensure the
safety of its employees.
AO focuses on sick leave management, with an absence
management policy aimed at supporting an early and
proactive approach to help retain employees. Low
absence rates and the prevention of workplace accidents
are essential for AO employees' well-being and the overall
efficiency of the company.
Through the company’s EarlyCare programme, the organ-
isation and/or employee who is on sick leave or at risk of
taking sick leave can contact EarlyCare and speak with
Health Guides who can offer treatment guidelines. Early
intervention can minimise the risk of illness developing
into a long-term absence. The goal is to help the employee
return to work in a safe, quick, and successful manner.
Diversity and equal treatment
Diversity is regarded as a strength that contributes to
innovation and AOs long-term success. AO has devel-
oped policies to ensure equal opportunities for all
employees, regardless of background, to foster a work-
place where all employees feel valued and respected.
Through the company’s ethics and compliance policy,
AO actively supports diversity with a focus on respecting
human rights.
AO offers equal opportunities regardless of ethnicity,
race, religion, age, gender, disability, sexual orientation,
political views, or social status. In addition, AO has a
policy for increasing the underrepresented gender at the
company’s other management levels, a diversity policy
for the company's management, and a diversity policy for
all employees.
AOs statutory report on diversity in management can be
viewed here:
Statutory report on diversity in management 2025
https://ao.dk/globalassets/download/regnsk-
absdata/2025/statutory-report-on-diversity-in-manage-
ment-2025.pdf
AOs approach to well-being includes both physical and
mental health, flexible working hours, and meaningful
opportunities for personal and professional develop-
ment. The flexibility policy is outlined in the employee
handbook available on the company intranet. To support
employees approaching retirement, AO has a senior
policy that allows employees to plan their retirement well
in advance, e.g., changes in working hours.
All AO employees have employment contracts that clearly
state their rights and obligations. Salaried employees
and workers paid by the hour are covered by collective
agreements. Managers’ employment terms are governed
by the National Salaried Employees Act and are aligned
with the collective agreement for salaried employees on
specific issues.
AO pays a fair wage to their employees in line with
national legislation, market trends and agreements
with trade unions. All employees are covered by social
protection, through public programmes in both Denmark,
Sweden and Norway. AO respects employees' rights to
organise and to engage in collective bargaining.
Historically, more men have pursued careers within
the construction sector, in which AO operates, and the
majority of the talent pool is therefore made up of men,
which is evident in AOs leadership levels and throughout
the organisation. This is also reflected in the gender pay
gap. Many of AOs diversity initiatives aim to balance
gender representation in leadership and throughout the
organisation and to achieve pay equity for equal quali-
fications and jobs. For instance, when AO seeks candi-
dates for an open position, the company strives to have
at least one woman among the last three candidates for
the job in question. In this way, the proportion of women
in the organisation is expected to increase over time, and
as AO practices equal pay for equal work, the gender pay
gap is expected to be reduced as well.
Skill enhancement and further training
AO encourages ongoing learning and offers a wide range
of educational opportunities through its "Learning
Universe" on the intranet, and here information regarding
the company's training strategy is also available. Training
and education are crucial for AO to remain competitive
and adapt to ever-changing market needs.
AO offers a trainee programme that provides young
people with hands-on learning, professional develop-
ment, and mentorship programmes that help them build
the skills and experience needed for a successful career.
This initiative is part of AO’s social responsibility and an
important step toward supporting the future workforce.
Non-employees (substitutes)
Non-employees working through an external agency are
entitled to similar basic conditions as direct hires.
85
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-2
Engaging with own workforce
To foster trust and open communication regarding working
conditions, the company’s guidelines and policies are
made accessible to all employees on the company intranet
and in the employee handbook. Additionally, AO has
implemented an e-learning portal, 'AO Campus', where all
new employees complete mandatory e-learning courses,
including the ‘Ethics and Compliance’ course which helps
protect and safeguard employees against discrimination,
harassment, and unsafe working conditions.
Employee involvement
AO continuously promotes employee involvement and
transparency through regular updates via the company
intranet, kick-off meetings, team and department meet-
ings, as well as virtual presentations covering topics
such as company performance (financial review), IT secu-
rity, training opportunities, and e-learning courses.
AO actively involves employees in shaping and improving
company processes, often through project-based initia-
tives and evaluations of new systems.
AOs goals and results are communicated in part through
mandatory reports, ensuring the maintenance of stake-
holder trust. This strengthens the shared understanding
of the company’s goals and reinforces its culture, which
brings the organisation closer together.
With a focus on improving working conditions and
ensuring high job satisfaction, AO conducts job satisfac-
tion surveys where employees can provide feedback to
the company. AO puts value in sharing knowledge and
information with its employees.
AO assesses the effectiveness of its engagement with
its own workforce through the job satisfaction surveys,
direct communication channels, and workplace assess-
ments (APVs).
Works Council
According to the Danish rules for works councils, which
are set out in the Cooperation Agreement between the
Confederation of Danish Employers and the Danish
Confederation of Trade Unions (now merged into the
Danish Trade Union Confederation), companies with more
than 35 employees must establish a works council.
AO has therefore set up a Works Council, which meets
every two months. The Works Council consists of six
management representatives and six employee repre-
sentatives, the latter being elected by the employees.
Employee representatives are elected from among
employees without managerial responsibilities within the
Danish parent company for a term of two years.
The Works Council ensures mutual information-sharing
and dialogue about workplace matters, both actual and
potential impacts, so that management and employees
can achieve a common understanding, thereby promoting
a positive workplace culture and efficient operations.
Employees can contact their workers’ representatives and
ask them to bring up issues at the Work Council meetings.
AO has not entered into an agreement with its employees
to set up a European Works Council.
Employee representatives on the Board of Directors
AOs Board of Directors consists of eight members, three
of whom are employee representatives, elected by the
employees for a term of four years. The employee repre-
sentatives ensure that employees have a direct voice
in the top management of the company. The employee
representatives are, among other things, involved in
identifying and assessing actual and potential impact
on AO’s workforce. Thus, AO’s employees can influence
decisions that directly affect their work environment,
working conditions, setting targets and the company's
future development. Approximately six ordinary Board
meetings are held each year.
Employee goals, HR-systems and data collection
The company has a structured approach to HR data
management, where various HR systems serve as a main
data warehouse. Here employee information such as
contracts, working hours, job transfers, management
levels, salaries, holiday and absence registration,
including sick leave, etc., is collected. HR data is updated
frequently.
In addition, the company has data collection for work-
place accidents, extended illness, performance reviews,
and job satisfaction surveys, enabling AO to monitor
well-being and safety, identify areas for improvement,
and respond quickly to risks and changes.
This ensures expectations for responsible behaviour are
clear from the outset.
86
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-3
Remediate negative impacts and channels
for own workforce to raise concerns
AO has established processes to ensure that employees
have effective and safe mechanisms to raise concerns,
seek remediation, and have adverse impacts addressed in
line with AO’s Policy for Respect for Human Rights.
Employees are encouraged to report any irregularities,
breaches of law, or concerns about working conditions
through several channels. The primary mechanism is AOs
whistleblower portal, accessible via AOs intranet and
websites, which guarantees confidentiality and independ-
ence. In addition, employees may address grievances
directly with their line manager or the HR department.
These mechanisms ensure that employees have both
formal and informal pathways to raise issues.
Remediation measures are designed to address not only
the individual case but also to prevent recurrence and
mitigate systemic risks. By embedding these processes
into the broader governance framework, AO strengthens
transparency, supports employee rights, and advances its
ambition for a fair, diverse, and inclusive workplace.
AO continuously evaluates the effectiveness of these
initiatives and adjusts them based on employee feedback
and market developments.
Whistleblower system
The established whistleblower system provides an effec-
tive grievance and feedback mechanism that is externally
managed, allowing employees to report issues without
fear of retaliation.
Grievances are handled in accordance with established
procedures, ensuring timely responses. The effective-
ness of these channels is evaluated on an ongoing basis
through the monitoring of cases.
Health and safety
Accidents in the workplace are reported through the
health and safety committee, which receives information
about incidents and reports them to the public authorities
via a safety management system.
In AO’s occupational health and safety organisation, a key
focus is on safety protocols to minimise risks and prevent
injuries.
By focusing on these elements, AO is committed to providing
its employees a socially responsible and supportive work
environment that not only promotes employee well-being
throughout their careers but also enhances the company’s
overall performance and reputation.
In addition, employees have the option to enrol in the
company’s health insurance plan, which gives them
quick and professional treatment or assessment if they
experience discomfort, illness, or injury. This insurance
also covers the employee's children, and employees can
opt to extend the insurance to their spouses, partners, or
registered partners.
87
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-4
Actions
AO proactively addresses potential challenges as they are
identified. Implemented measures to mitigate identified
risks include enhanced well-being initiatives, flexible work
arrangements, health programmes, and a clearly defined
code of conduct through guidelines and policies that
are regularly updated based on employee feedback and
business needs. By combining job satisfaction initiatives
with a clear code of conduct and employee involvement,
AO fosters a workplace community built on trust, respect,
and engagement.
The HR department monitors the implementation of
improvements and adjustments by conducting assess-
ments of the employees involved and affected. This
process ensures that the changes have achieved the
desired outcomes and identifies whether additional
actions are required to meet expectations.
AO has implemented a range of initiatives aimed at
enhancing employee engagement and creating a work
environment where all employees thrive and feel valued.
AOs retention strategy includes flexible working condi-
tions, competitive salary packages with an annual
individual salary review, health benefits, and extensive
opportunities for skill enhancement and further training.
Health and safety
AO actively works to create a safe and healthy work
environment that enhances the company's reputation.
Through strategic workforce planning, compliance with
policies, health programmes, and continuous evaluations
via job satisfaction surveys and workplace assessments,
areas for improvement are identified to reduce risks asso-
ciated with work-related stress and physical safety. AO
has implemented preventive measures, including flexible
working arrangements and mental health initiatives, to
help employees achieve a good work-life balance.
AO's occupational health and safety committee contin-
uously works to prevent accidents by updating and
establishing new standards and policies to safeguard
employees. The committee actively addresses safety
challenges in the workplace, especially in high-risk
areas such as logistics and stores. It provides safety
briefings to management and conducts regular audits in
departments and stores to identify and address poten-
tial safety risks.
The health and safety committee implements regular
safety training for all employees, including refresher
courses, to maintain awareness of best practices. Interac-
tive workshops and hands-on exercises are held to ensure
proper equipment use and risk management. Procedures
are updated regularly to keep employees informed and
equipped with the necessary knowledge to work safely.
AO conducts regular workplace assessments (APVs),
which allow employees to provide feedback on their
physical and psychological working conditions. Action
plans are developed based on feedback, enabling ongoing
improvements and the implementation of both existing
and new safety protocols to protect employees from injury
and stress.
AO has implemented ergonomic workstations and robotic
technology in its warehouses to reduce physical strain.
In other company functions, ergonomic workspaces have
been introduced to prevent work-related ailments.
All employees can enrol in a health insurance plan that
provides quick and professional assistance for treatment
or diagnosis of discomfort, illness, or injury. In addition,
an EarlyCare programme is offered, where employees who
are on sick leave or at risk of taking sick leave can receive
support for treatment. Enrolled employees pay an annual
premium which is lower than the normal rate, as it has
been negotiated by AO.
Skill enhancement
To minimise risks associated with the loss of key compe-
tencies and ensure long-term competitiveness, AO invests
in training programmes and courses that allow employees
to develop their skills, expand their competencies, and
grow professionally. This includes both internal and
external training options giving employees access to
professional and personal development.
Unskilled warehouse workers are offered a skills assess-
ment, enabling them to pursue a training programme in
warehouse and terminal operations and thereby become
skilled workers.
To prepare managers for their roles and promote AO’s
values, managers are offered a company-tailored lead-
ership programme at academy level, developed with a
societal focus, closely following trends and values in
leadership and management.
9.7
years
Average seniority
in AO Group
25% 24% 19% 33%
0-2 years 3-5 years 6-10 years More than 10 years
Seniority levels amongst our employees
88
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-5
Targets
Through AO’s focus on building a safe and attractive work-
place, a set of targets are being developed.
In early 2026 AO will conduct an employee satisfaction
survey which will be the baseline for a future target.
Targets for training and development for AO is in devel-
opment, as systems regarding employees training and
development for the group's subsidiaries is not inte-
grated with the parent company in 2025.
There are courses with special/specific content that
are only mandatory for certain employee groups. AO
is continuously developing new courses, and existing
courses are updated so that they are always up to date.
AOs health and safety goal is to establish a zero-accident
culture, partly through risk assessments of work processes
to identify potential hazards and initiate preventive
actions. This approach enhances employee awareness,
engagement, and accountability, fostering a culture of safe
behaviour. The target for AO is to reduce the rate of record-
able work-related accidents for all employees, including
non-employees.
The health and safety of AO’s employees is always a high
priority for AO and believe that these work-related inci-
dent targets reflect the focus on good working conditions
and safety for all employees.
AOs overall goal is to remain an attractive workplace
where talented employees choose to stay and contribute
to the Group’s success and sustainability.
AO believes that setting targets for overall satisfaction,
health and safety, and training hours are reliable indica-
tors to monitor the effect of AO’s actions and to support
the focus on a safe and attractive workplace.
S1-6
Targets related to own workforce UoM Target 2026 2025 2024
Rate of recordable work-related accidents for
own workforce (incl. Non-employees) Rate <10 12.2 7.5
Amount of work-related fatalities No. 0 0 0
Employees by gender UoM 2025 2024
Male Headcount 773 744
Female Headcount 297 285
Other Headcount 0 0
Not reported Headcount 0 0
Total employees Headcount 1070 1029
2025 2024
Employees by country UoM Female Male Total Female Male Total
Denmark Headcount 286 708 994 274 697 971
Norway Headcount 3 5 8 3 5 8
Sweden Headcount 8 60 68 8 42 50
Employee turnover UoM 2025 2024
Number of employee who have left undertaking Headcount 134 130
Percentage of employee turnover % 12.5% 12.6%
89
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-9
2025 2024
Gender distribution at top management UoM Female Male Total Female Male Total
Gender distribution in number of employees
(head count) at top management level Headcount 3 8 11 3 7 10
Gender distribution in percentage of
employees at top management level % 27% 73% 100% 30% 70% 100%
Age groups UoM 2025 2024
Distribution of employees (head count) under 30 years old Headcount 186 182
Distribution of employees (head count)
between 30 and 50 years old Headcount 450 436
Distribution of employees (head count) over 50 years old Headcount 434 411
S1-6
2025 2024
Employees by contract
type: by gender UoM Female Male Other Not disclosed Total Female Male Other Not disclosed Total
Total employees Headcount 297 773 0 0 1,070 285 744 0 0 1,029
Permanent employees Headcount 286 734 0 0 1,020 268 701 0 0 969
Temporary employees Headcount 11 39 0 0 50 17 43 0 0 60
Non-guaranteed hours employees Headcount 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2025 2024
Employees by contract type: by country UoM DK NO SE Total DK NO SE Total
Total employees Headcount 994 8 68 1,070 971 8 50 1,029
Permanent employees Headcount 944 8 68 1,020 911 8 50 969
Temporary employees Headcount 50 0 0 50 60 0 0 60
Non-guaranteed hours employees Headcount 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
90
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-7
Non-employees UoM 2025 2024
Number of non-employees in own workforce FTE 71 65
Number of non-employees in own workforce - self-employed people FTE 0 0
Number of non-employees in own workforce - people provided by
undertakings primarily engaged in employment activities FTE 0 0
S1-13
Development and training UoM Gender 2025 2024
Percentage of employees that participated in regular performance
and career development reviews
% Female 14.1% 18.2%
Male 15.9% 19.6%
Total 15.4% 19.2%
Development and training UoM Gender 2025 2024
Average number of training hours per person for employees Avg. Female 17.1 5.0
Male 24.5 9.0
Total 22.4 7.9
S1-8
2025 2024
Collective bargaining
agreements
Social
dialogue
Collective bargaining
agreements
Social
dialogue
Coverage rate
Countries
(<50 employees) Regions
Countries
(<50 employees)
Countries
(<50 employees) Regions
Countries
(<50 employees)
0-19% - - - - - -
20-39% - - - - - -
40-59% - - - - - -
60-79% - - - - - -
80-100%
Denmark,
Norway, Sweden
-
Denmark,
Norway, Sweden
Denmark,
Norway, Sweden
-
Denmark,
Norway, Sweden
2025 2024
Workers' representatives UoM DK SWE DK SWE
Percentage of employees in each country with significant
employment (in the EEA) covered by workers' representatives % 100% 100% 100% 100%
91
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-14
2025 2024 (restated) 2024 (original)
Health and safety incidents UoM DK SWE Total DK SWE Total DK SWE Total
Number of fatalities in own workforce as result of work-related injuries
and work-related ill health No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Number of fatalities as result of work-related injuries and work-related ill health
of other workers working on undertaking's sites No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Number of recordable work-related accidents for own workforce No. 15 1 16 11 0 11 20 0 20
Number of recordable work-related accidents for non-employees No. 6 0 6 2 0 2 4 0 4
Rate of recordable work-related accidents for own workforce Rate 9.6 9.4 9.5 7.3 0 6.9 12.3 0 12.3
Rate of recordable work-related accidents for non-employees Rate 52.1 0 52.1 15.5 0 15.5 30.6 0 30.6
Number of cases of recordable work-related ill health of employees No. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Number of days lost to work-related injuries and fatalities from work-related
accidents, work-related ill health and fatalities from ill health related to employees No. 55 0 55 48 0 48 48 0 48
*The 2025 reporting period introduces a revised definition of health and safety incidents. The metric in last year’s report captured all incidents without distinction. In contrast, the 2025 metric reflects a new five-tier severity
classification, with reporting limited to incidents falling within the three highest severity tiers. As a result, figures from 2024 have been updated to reflect the same definition as the 2025 figures to be comparable.
Health and safety management system UoM 2025 2024
Percentage of people in its own workforce who are covered by
health and safety management system based on legal require-
ments and (or) recognised standards or guidelines % 100% 100%
S1-15
2025 2024
Family-related leave UoM Female Male Total Female Male Total
Percentage of employees entitled to take family-related leave % 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Total of entitled employees that took family-related leave by gender No. 17 30 47 17 36 53
Percentage of entitled employees that took family-related leave by gender % 5.0% 3.5% 3.9% 6.0% 4.8% 5.2%
92
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-16
Pay-gap UoM 2025 2024
Gender-pay gap (male vs female) % 19.7% 20.4%
Remuneration UoM 2025 2024
Annual total remuneration ratio Ratio 24.3 23.2
S1-17
Discrimination, human rights, etc. UoM 2025 2024
Number of incidents of discrimination including harassment No. 0 0
Number of complaints filed through channels for
people in own workforce to raise concerns No. 1 0
Number of complaints filed to National Contact
Points for OECD Multinational Enterprises No. 0 0
Amount of fines, penalties, and compensation for damages as result of
incidents of discrimination, including harassment and complaints filed Amount 0 0
Number of severe human rights issues and inci-
dents connected to own workforce No. 0 0
Number of severe human rights issues and incidents connected
to own workforce that are cases of non respect of UN Guiding Prin-
ciples and OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises No. 0 0
Amount of fines, penalties, and compensation for severe human
rights issues and incidents connected to own workforce No. 0 0
93
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Accounting policies for own workforce
S1-6
Employees: Data consists of full-time, part-time and tempo-
rary employees (students +maternity substitutes), at the end
of the reporting period.
Permanent employees: Data consists of full-time and part-
time employees, at the end of the reporting period.
Employees by country: Data consists of full-time, part-time
and temporary employees (students +maternity substitutes),
at the end of the reporting period.
Temporary employees (students + maternity substitutes):
Students and maternity substitutes are employees who are
hired on a limited-period contract.
Employee turnover: The rate of employee turnover is calculated
as the number of employees who left voluntarily or due to
dismissal, retirement, or death in service during the reporting
period to the headcount at the end of the reporting period.
Full time equivalent (FTE): The total number of hours worked
divided by the standard number of hours for a full-time
employee.
§ Accounting policies
S1-7
Non-employees: Non-employees (substitutes) are defined
as people who are hired on hourly basis with no contract,
end of the reporting period.
S1-8
Collective bargaining agreements: Data consists of full-
time, part-time and temporary employees (students +
maternity substitute), at the end of the reporting period.
The split between employees covered and not covered by
collective bargaining agreements, is determined by the
position of the employee. All employees except managers
with staff resposibilities are covered by a collective
bargaining agreement. No assumptions are made.
Non-employees are covered under Danish legislation,
market trends and agreements with trade unions, through
the bureau the non-employees are employed.
The social protection through the public programs cover
sickness, unemployment, employment injury and acquired
disability, parental leave and retirement.
Workers’ representatives: Data consists of full-time,
part-time and temporary employees (students + maternity
substitutes), at the end of the reporting period.
S1-9
Gender distribution at top management: Data consists of
members of the Executive Board and the Group Management.
Diversity split and number of members is disclosed at the
end of the reporting period.
Age groups: Data consists of full-time, part-time, temporary
employees (students + maternity substitutes), at the end of
the reporting period.
S1-13
Development and training: Data consists of full-time, part-
time and temporary employees (students + maternity substi-
tutes), at the end of the reporting period.
Performance and career development reviews: All employees
performance and development reviews is registered,
allowing tracking of the total of completed, ongoing and
planned reviews.
Training hours: Data is combined from two data sources.
First source: AO internal education system with mandatory and
voluntary training courses.
Second source: Manual tracking of external education and
courses.
The total hours from both sources are used to calculate the
average training hours.
S1-14
Health and safety management system: Data includes:
· Employees: full-time, part-time, and temporary employees
(including students and maternity cover staff).
· Non-employees: external substitutes.
All data is reported as of the end of the reporting period.
Health and safety incidents: Data includes:
· Employees: full-time, part-time, and temporary employees
(including students and maternity cover staff).
· Non-employees: external substitutes.
Reported incidents cover the number of:, fatalities, lost-
time injuries, restricted work cases, and incidents requiring
medical treatment.
The recordable incident rate is calculated as the number
of recordable work-related incidents per 1 million hours
worked.
Lost days are exclude non-employees (external substitutes)
working in storage facilities.
S1-15
Family-related leave: Data consists of full-time, part-time,
temporary employees (students + maternity substitutes), at
the end of the reporting period.
Data collection is done in HR systems and is reviewed and
approved by employee managers. Additional data registra-
tion is done in government systems required by law.
94
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S1-16
Gender-pay gap: Data consists of full-time, part-time,
temporary employees (students + maternity substitutes), for
the reporting period. Data used for the calculation is a "full
salary package" i.e. salary, bonus, holiday pay, pension,
benefits. Calculation is based on the difference of average
pay levels between female and male employees, expressed
as percentage of the average pay level of male employees
(data includes all employees’ gross hourly pay level).
Annual total remuneration ratio: Data consists of full-time,
part-time, temporary employees (students + maternity
substitutes), for the reporting period. Calculation is based
of the highest paid individual to the median annual total
remuneration for all employees (excluding the highest-paid
individual). Data used for the calculation is a "full salary
package" i.e. salary, bonus, holiday pay, pension, benefits.
S1-17
Discrimination, human rights etc.: Data consists of full-
time, part-time, temporary employees (students + maternity
substitutes) and non-employees (substitutes), at the end of
the reporting period.
Data collection is from AO whistleblower system, formal
complaints given to own manager or to HR. All formal
complaints are registered regardless of channel. Incidents
can only be counted if a formal complaint has been made
through the whistleblower system, through the employees
own manager or through HR.
§ Accounting policies
95
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S1 Own workforceExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
S2 Workers in the value chain
SBM-3
Impacts, risks and opportunities
AO has identified three negative impacts within workers in
the value chain related to following sub-topics:
· Working conditions
· Equal treatment and opportunities for all
· Other work-related rights
AOs business model relies on its business partners and
suppliers, to meet AO's own targets, by supplying their
products and transportation across AO’s value chain.
Respect and alignment with international human and labor
rights standards is a requirement as well as supporting
more sustainable solutions.
AO sources from a complex global value chain, where
material risks related to labor conditions may occur. Recent
expansion into the textile sector has further increased
exposure to these risks.
These risks may result in adverse human rights impacts,
reputational damage, and non-compliance with interna-
tional standards or evolving regulatory expectations under
EU supply chain laws. Legal and cultural differences across
sourcing countries also limit transparency and control,
particularly beyond direct suppliers.
To address this, AO requires suppliers to sign and
comply with its Supplier Code of Conduct based on ILO
(International Labour Organisation) conventions. In
AOs textile division, BSCI (Business Social Compliance
Initiative)-aligned standards are applied, as well as
require third-party social audits, and request updated
documentation. AO is currently implementing a supplier
assessment system to collect ESG-related data, including
labor practices, enabling broader visibility and proactive
risk management. There have not been any incidents
reported to us linked to AO’s products sold.
These efforts support AO’s strategy to strengthen respon-
sible sourcing, improve due diligence, and promote better
working and living conditions across the value chain. At
the same time, AO see opportunities to influence supplier
behavior through active engagement and monitoring –
positioning due diligence as both a compliance responsi-
bility and a driver of long-term value.
AOs CCPO is responsible for the implementation of all value
chain policies and code of conduct applying to all suppliers
and business partners, unless anything else is stated.
The measurement of the metrics related to characteristics
of workers in the value chain is based on the AO Group
value chain and is not validated by an external body,
unless anything else is stated.
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
AO is committed to a safe and healthy workplace and
expects its business partners to be compliant with
the national laws they operate in and the international
labor and human rights standards. The insights gained
from value chain workers and strong partnerships with
suppliers help AO understand the interests, views and
conditions of the workers in its value chain and are used
as valuable input for AO’s strategy and business model
and continuing engagement in its value chain.
AO demand that all direct suppliers provide fair wages,
secure employment and safe working conditions. AO has
a whistleblower system for employees and workers in
the value to raise concern and awareness of any issues.
Strong relationships and open dialog are necessary to
reduce the risk of negative impacts.
AOs commitment to human rights, labor rights and
environmental responsibility is outlined in its Supplier
Code of Conduct.
No actual or potential impacts on value chain workers
have been identified that would impact on AO’s strategy
and business model. See Stakeholder section on page 56.
S2-1
Policies related to value chain workers
AOs commitment to comply with national laws and
international labor and human rights standards is also
expected by all its business partners and suppliers,
which is outlined in AO’s supplier code of conduct.
AOs code of conduct explicitly states that forced and
child labor are not accepted under any circumstances
along with respect for human rights, health and safety
and ethical conduct is expected and can be documented.
The policy is aligned with the UN Guiding Principles on
Business and Human Rights and the ILO Declaration on
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.
AO ensures that its suppliers and business partners are
informed of its code of conduct and inform them about
AOs whistleblower system which is open for them to
report incidents.
AO operates in low-risk markets and with an initial
analysis from the supplier assessment system, the
risk assessment of direct suppliers is considered low
regarding human and labor rights.
S2-2
Engaging with value chain workers about impacts
Suppliers and business partners are required to agree
and live up to AO’s code of conduct; however, AO does
not have direct engagement with the workers in its value
chain but has a whistleblower system in place that is
accessible for all value chain workers.
The supplier assessment system requires AO’s suppliers
to yearly verify and present their policies, actions
and targets regarding human and labor rights as well
as other ESG areas. The system allows us to collect
96
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S2 Workers in the value chainExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
ESG-related data, including human and labor practices,
enabling broader visibility and proactive risk manage-
ment. It grants AO better insights to prevent and miti-
gate negative impacts, and possibility to monitor and
follow up if needed.
The purpose of the supplier assessment system is
not only to assess and monitor, but also to support
AOs suppliers with identifying risks and reduce or
mitigate them through some targeted actions. AO’s
textile section has an additional level of assessment
with third-party social audits and requesting updated
documentation.
In case a supplier or business partner fails to comply with
AOs code of conduct and to live up to a set threshold
within some focus areas, a corrective action plan will
be initiated, and AO will offer their support to solve the
issue. However, if they refuse or fail to comply with the
code of conduct or corrective actions, AO will ultimately
have to terminate the collaboration.
S2-3
Remediate negative impacts and channels
for value chain workers to raise concerns
Signing and living up to AO’s code of conduct is manda-
tory, and AO expects its suppliers to require the same level
of commitment and standards from their own suppliers.
Reporting any concerns or complaints related to a
possible breach of AOs code of conduct through its
whistleblower system are encouraged by suppliers,
business partners and their employees. The system is
managed by an external partner and ensures that you
can anonymously report without risk of retaliation.
At this time AO has not been made aware of any incidents
or complaints that have or could have a negative impact.
In case a concern is raised, the issue will be presented to
the Board of Directors and Executive Board to investigate
and remediate the issue.
AO assesses and monitors the effectiveness of the
actions for remediation, as well as the mechanisms, use
of its channels and the type of inquiries received.
S2-4
Actions
AO has defined a set of actions to mitigate incidents, but
by following its policies and code of conduct. The ongoing
communication with AOs suppliers and business partners
helps monitor potential risks through daily engagement.
In case an incident occurs or is reported, it will be
handled through the supplier assessment system or
whistleblower program, depending on the channel it is
reporting on and the severity of the incident.
To reduce the risk of incidents AO will continue to:
· Inform about its whistleblower system to workers in
the value chain
· Monitor and communicate about potential issues
identified in the supplier assessment system
· Support suppliers and business partners to mitigate
risks
· Continue with third-party social audits and request
updated documentation for AO’s textile sector
AO has not received any reports of severe human or labor
rights incidents connected to its value chain. Appropriate
resources are assigned to AO’s whistleblower system
and supplier assessment system to manage any inci-
dents, should it arise.
S2-5
Targets
In connection with the implementation of the supplier
assessment system, AO has defined one target and is
working additional targets regarding risk assessment
and supplier audits on AO’s own textile production.
The target for 2025 will help gain better insight and
monitor the efforts to show how many of its suppliers
and business partners agree to AO’s code of conduct,
help mitigate risks and contribute to a positive impact
on human and labor rights for workers in the value chain.
The targets are defined by the Senior Management Team
and approved by the Board of Directors. They are tracked
and assessed quarterly using data from AO’s contract
system and risk assessment system.
Accounting policy
Share of direct suppliers with an agreed
and signed Code of Conduct
AO Groups total spend from direct suppliers who are
covered by an agreed and signed code of conduct, of the
reported year.
Target at 95% is set as some suppliers will be small
Danish local suppliers who are subject to Danish legisla-
tion which already meets the same requirements as our
code of conduct.
Share of direct suppliers with a risk assessment
AO Groups total spend from direct suppliers, of the
reported year, who have answered our ESG survey.
Target at 90% is set as some suppliers will be small
local suppliers in low risk countries or not a strategic
supplier, not being required to answer a ESG survey.
S2-5
Code of conduct & Risk assessment UoM Target 2030 2025 2024
Share of direct suppliers with an agreed
and signed Code of Conduct % 95.0% 85.0% -
Share of direct suppliers with a risk assessment % 90.0% - -
97
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
S2 Workers in the value chainExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
99 G1 Business Conduct
Governance
Annual Report 2025 98
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Executive summary General Environment Social Governance
G1 Business Conduct
IRO-1
Impacts, risks and opportunities
AO has identified three negative impacts within business
conduct related to following sub-topics:
· Corporate culture
· Protection of whistleblowers
· Corruption and bribery
AO is committed to conducting its business responsibly
and fairly and to ensure that the company maintains the
highest standards of business conduct, AO has assessed
the impacts and financial risks across its operations in
Denmark, Sweden and Norway.
As a major supplier in the Danish construction industry,
AOs operations span over 600,000 products sourced from
more than 1,000 suppliers, creating both opportunities
and potential risks when managing the complexities of
international business value chains.
Long payment terms on smaller suppliers could potentially
impact and destabilise their financial health. Maintaining
fair payment terms supports the suppliers and create a
sustainable partnership.
In a large and complex business network, there are inherent
risks such as corruption, bribery, harassment, and partic-
ipation in an informal economy if not properly managed.
Compliance with international guidelines and local legis-
lation on ethical business conduct is important because of
potential negative effects and legal consequences.
The assessment has identified potential negative impact on
corporate culture with its complex international value chain,
lack of whistleblower protection and trust in the systems,
supplier relationships with unfair treatment and late payments,
and lack of compliance with corruption and bribery legislation.
By ensuring ethical business conduct and mitigating risks
related to corruption, supplier relations, and whistleblower
protection, AO upholds its reputation as a fair and responsible
player in the industry.
Without adequate whistleblower protection, individuals may
hesitate to report misconduct due to fear of retaliation. Lack of
trust can lead to unreported incidents and negative impacts
unresolved for workers in the value chain.
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, management
and supervisory bodies
The administrative, management and supervisory bodies of
AO play a significant part in ensuring good business conduct.
They are responsible for assuring a clear definition and
approach in its corporate governance.
For more information about the role and expertise of the
administrative, management and supervisory bodies, please
see the Corporate Governance section on page 24-36.
99
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
G1 Business ConductExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
G1-1
Business conduct policies and corporate culture
Business practice and ethics
To ensure that AO’s business conduct aligns with its
values and those of its partners, AO has developed a
Supplier Code of Conduct. This Code is a key part of the
commercial agreements between AO and its suppliers,
serving as a framework to align expectations regarding
business practices and ethics. The Supplier Code of
Conduct outlines essential provisions for compliance
with internationally recognised standards on workers’
rights, human rights, environmental protection, and the
prevention of bribery and corruption. AO holds both its
suppliers and their subcontractors accountable to these
high standards.
AO places emphasis on keeping its policies relevant and
up to date, ensuring they remain aligned with interna-
tional standards, including UN conventions.
In 2025, AO recorded no breaches or instances of non-com-
pliance with its Supplier Code of Conduct, reflecting the
commitment of its partners to uphold these values.
The Supplier Code of Conduct has been approved by the
Board of Directors and can be accessed here:
The Supplier Code of Conduct 2025
https://ao.dk/globalassets/download/regnskabsdata
/2025/2025-supplier-code-of-conduct.pdf
AO commits to a culture of honesty, transparency, and
accountability to reduce risks and enhance its relation-
ships with stakeholders, from suppliers to customers
and employees.
In 2025, AO initiated a supplier assessment system as
part of AOs ongoing effort to strengthen risk manage-
ment and enhance its due diligence processes, ensuring
that sustainability and ethical standards are integrated
into every aspect of its operations
AO believes that strong partnerships with its customers
and suppliers provide the foundation for focusing on
sustainable solutions across its entire value chain. At
AO, the customer is paramount, and this commitment
extends to offering products that meet high environ-
mental standards.
Looking ahead, AO aims to pass on sustainability
awareness from its suppliers to its customers through
information sharing and expertise training for its staff.
AO also seeks to inspire and encourage its partners to
adopt sustainable solutions. AO will continue to advo-
cate for sustainability through industry associations,
employers’ associations, and in collaboration with public
authorities, contributing to a more sustainable future in
the construction industry.
Tax policy
Taxes play an important role in society and the develop-
ment of the countries in which AO operates. AO contrib-
utes to this by taking on its share of social responsibility
regarding common welfare and sustainability through tax.
AO pursues a responsible and transparent tax practice
and does not support tax evasion, contribute to tax spec-
ulation, or misuse of tax laws. AO complies with appli-
cable tax laws in the countries in which AO operates.
The company has zero tolerance for tax evasion or abuse.
AO expects its customers, suppliers, and other partners
to have the same view on tax payment as the company.
AOs tax policy can be viewed here:
Tax Policy 2025
https://ao.dk/globalassets/download/regnskabsdata
/2025/2025-tax-policy.pdf
Protection of whistleblowers
AO has established a whistleblower scheme for
employees and external stakeholders to report serious
violations or suspicion thereof in a confidential matter.
Employees are informed about the whistleblower system
and where to access it. Other stakeholders may access
the system through the Groups websites.
Information about AO’s policy on and usage of the
whistleblower system is available on AO’s intranet and
the Group’s websites. No formal training is conducted or
required to use the reporting system.
The scheme is administered by an independent third
party to secure the anonymity and confidentiality of the
reporting person.
Incidents will be managed by the independent third
party and forwarded to AO where they will be processed
and investigated in accordance with AO’s whistleblower
procedure.
AO ensures that whistleblowers are protected from any
negative consequences, thereby fostering a culture of open-
ness and accountability. Without adequate whistleblower
protection, individuals may hesitate to report misconduct
due to fear of retaliation. A lack of trust in whistleblower
systems can lead to unreported incidents. Extending these
practices to AOs value chain also strengthens its over-
sight of suppliers and partners, allowing AO to detect and
address any potential issues early.
One whistleblower report was received in 2025.
Once a year, the Board of Directors will assess whether
the scheme works as intended. In 2024, it was decided to
extend the scheme to include external stakeholders.
The whistleblower system is an integral part of AO to
prevent, detect and address allegations and incidents of
corruption and bribery.
AOs whistleblower policy can be viewed here:
Whistleblower Policy 2025
https://ao.dk/om-ao/whistleblower
100
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
G1 Business ConductExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
G1-2 + G1-6
Payment Practice
AO is committed to fair and transparent payment prac-
tices for all suppliers, regardless of their size including
SMEs. AO ensures that all suppliers, whether SME or a
large company, across all categories, are treated equally
with respect to payment terms, maintaining consistent
conditions.
AO upholds equal treatment in all supplier transactions.
On average, AO can calculate the number of days before
payments are processed through its system, further
ensuring timely and reliable payments to its partners.
This approach strengthens AOs relationships with
suppliers and reinforces its commitment to responsible
business practices.
By maintaining fair payment practices, AO not only
supports the sustainability of its suppliers but also
preserves its reputation as a trusted and reliable partner.
With the implementation of a supplier assessment
system, the risk assessment of its supply chain provides
an opportunity for both AO and its suppliers to better
understand the risks and improve on the challenged
areas for both social and sustainability matters.
AO expects its suppliers to comply with the code of
conduct consisting of human and labor rights, impact on
the environment, corruption among other international
standards.
AO accepts reverse factoring as a payment option. This
allows the supplier to be paid within a few days from
delivery.
Accounting policy
Standard payment terms
AO Groups standard payment terms are "Current month
plus 60 days." unless other payment terms are agreed
with the supplier.
Payment practices
Payments to suppliers are made twice a week in accord-
ance with agreed payment terms.
G1-6
Payment practices UoM Target 2030 2025 2024
Average number of days to pay invoice Days <1.5 1.3 1.5
Percentage of payments aligned with
standard payment terms % ≥95% 94.3% 94.9%
Number of outstanding legal proceedings for late payments No. 0 0 0
101
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
G1 Business ConductExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
G1-3 + G1-4
Corruption and bribery
AO complies with applicable legislation and international
conventions on corporate governance, including workers’
rights, human rights, environment, bribery, and corruption,
in the countries in which AO operates. AO maintains a
zero-tolerance approach to violations of these conditions or
breaches of rights. AO enforces strict anti-corruption poli-
cies and regularly audits its business practices to ensure
compliance with all relevant laws and ethical standards.
Rules on anti-corruption and bribery are covered by the
company’s own rules and ethical guidelines.
AO regularly monitors purchasing patterns and the origin
of its goods to ascertain the risk of non-compliance with
AOs Supplier Code of Conduct.
Given the current distribution of its purchases, AO is of
the opinion that the company is only at a limited risk of
being indirectly involved in violations of workers’ rights,
human rights and rules on anti-corruption and bribery,
given that AO operates only in well-regulated countries
and that 81% of the company's purchases originate
(2024: 82%) from Europe.
Accounting policy
Purchase origins
AOs purchase origin analysis is based exclusively on direct
supplier purchases. The purchase pattern is calculated using
the total volume of goods procured, allocated to the country
of origin declared by the AO’s direct suppliers.
Purchase patterns
18%
Asia
1%
Other countries
of our purchases
originates from Europe
81%
102
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
G1 Business ConductExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
Accounting policy
Incidents of corruption or bribery
Number of incidents is based on reported incidents
that has led to conviction for a violation. Incidents are
included if considered substantiated cases.
If any actions are necessary, further details will be
presented.
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
Completion share of all functions-at risk employees,
end of the reporting period. Functions-at-risk consists
of purchasing department, sales management & IT
management.
G1-4
Incidents of corruption or bribery UoM 2025 2024
Number of convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti- bribery laws No. 0 0
Amount of fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti- bribery laws No. 0 0
Any actions taken to address breaches in procedures and
standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery. No. 0 0
In 2024, AO decided to implement a mandatory online
corruption and bribery course for all employees. The
purpose is to give every employee the necessary knowl-
edge on how to act in difficult situations or who to ask
for guidance if there is any confusion or uncertainty. It is
the target that all employees undergo the training within
3 months after joining AO.
The number of incidents reported are limited, but all
incidents will be followed up with the direct involvement
of the CHRO.
AO takes business conduct seriously and does not
tolerate violations in relation to corruption and bribery.
G1-3
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery UoM Target 2025 2024
The percentage of functions-at-risk covered by training
programmes (Corruption and Bribery) - Passed % 100.0% 86.0% 92.0%
Not started / In progress % 0.0% 14.0% 8.0%
103
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
AO Annual Report 2025
G1 Business ConductExecutive summary General Environment Social Governance
105 Consolidated financial statements
147 Parent company financial statements
175 Management’s statement and Auditors reports
183 Company information
Financial
statements
AO Annual Report 2025 104
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
Consolidated
financial statements
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Balance sheet as at 31 December
Cash flow statement
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Primary statements Notes
1 Basis of preparation
1.1 Accounting policies
1.2 Significant estimated uncertainties and judge-
ments
2 Income statement
2.1 Segment information
2.2 Cost of sales
2.3 Other operating income
2.4 External expenses
2.5 Staff costs
2.6 Depreciation and amortisation
2.7 Tax on profit or loss for the year
3 Invested capital
3.1 Intangible assets
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
3.4 Inventories
3.5 Trade receivables
3.6 Earnings per share
3.7 Corporation tax receivable/payable
3.8 Deferred tax
3.9 Other payables
4 Capital structure and financing
4.1 Equity
4.2 Financing activities
4.3 Financial risks
4.4 Financial income
4.5 Financial expenses
5 Other notes
5.1 Contingent liabilities, security, etc.
5.2 Share based remuneration
5.3 Related parties
5.4 Subsequent events
5.5 New accounting regulation
AO Annual Report 2025 105
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
Income statement
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Revenue 2.1 6,120.8 5,429.3
Cost of sales 2.2 (4,637.5) (4,179.4)
Gross profit 1,483.3 1,249.9
Other operating income 2.3 1.7 16.4
Gross margin 1,485.0 1,266.3
External expenses 2.4 (398.0) (331.1)
Staff costs 2.5 (653.0) (569.2)
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortisation (EBITDA) 434.0 366.0
Depreciation and amortisation 2.6 (141.4) (119.9)
Operating profit or loss (EBIT) 292.6 246.1
Financial income 4.4 8.0 12.3
Financial expenses 4.5 (40.5) (48.3)
Profit or loss before tax (EBT) 260.1 210.1
Tax on profit or loss for the year 2.7 (59.4) (46.7)
Net profit or loss for the year 200.7 163.4
Earnings per share 3.6
Earnings per share (EPS) 7.4 6.0
Diluted earnings per share (EPS-D) 7.3 6.0
For 1 January – 31 December
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
106
AO Annual Report 2025
Income statement
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Other comprehensive income
Net profit or loss for the year 200.7 163.4
Items which will be reclassified to the income statement
Foreign currency translation adjustment relating
to foreign entities 8.3 (4.1)
Tax on other comprehensive income 0 0
Other comprehensive income after tax 8.3 (4.1)
Total comprehensive income 209.0 159.4
Statement of comprehensive income
For 1 January – 31 December
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
107
AO Annual Report 2025
Statement of comprehensive Income
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Non-current assets
Intangible assets 3.1
Goodwill 760.9 757.5
Intellectual property rights 60.4 63.9
Software 138.6 106.6
959.9 928.0
Property, plant and equipment 3.2
Land and buildings 1,041.4 941.9
Leasehold improvements 12.7 15.2
Fixtures and operating equipment 233.0 254.7
Right-of-use assets 3.3 131.3 91.1
1,418.4 1,302.9
Other non-current assets
Other investments 0.2 0.2
0.2 0.2
Total non-current assets 2,378.5 2,231.1
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Current assets
Inventories 2.2, 3.4 896.6 814.5
Trade receivables 3.5 696.6 608.2
Joint tax contribution 7.0 16.4
Other receivables 29.9 36.5
Prepayments and accrued income 26.0 25.3
Cash and short-term deposits 61.4 55.4
Total current assets 1,717.5 1,556.3
Total assets 4,096.0 3,787.4
Balance sheet as at 31 December
Assets
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
108
AO Annual Report 2025
Balance sheet
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Equity 4.1
Share capital 28.0 28.0
Reserve for foreign currency translation adjustments (3.5) (11.7)
Retained earnings 1,538.5 1,436.0
Proposed dividend for the financial year 105.0 84.0
Total equity 1,668.0 1,536.3
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax 3.8 94.5 83.2
Credit institutions 4.2 548.0 643.6
Lease liabilities 3.3, 4.2 113.5 93.7
Other non-current liabilities 10.4 11.1
Total non-current liabilities 766.4 831.6
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Current liabilities
Credit institutions 4.2 401.0 278.9
Lease liabilities 3.3, 4.2 47.9 31.8
Trade payables 4.2, 4.3 1,127.2 1,036.8
Corporation tax payable 3.7 2.8 8.2
Provisions for liabilities 3.9 0.5 0.5
Other payables 3.9 82.2 63.3
Total current liabilities 1,661.6 1,419.5
Total liabilities 2,428.0 2,251.1
Total equity and liabilities 4,096.0 3,787.4
Segment information 2.1
Contingent liabilities, security, etc. 5.1
Notes without reference 5.2-5.5
Balance sheet as at 31 December
Equity and liabilities
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
109
AO Annual Report 2025
Balance sheet
Cash flow statement
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Cash flow from operating activities
Operating profit or loss (EBIT) 292.6 246.1
Depreciation and amortisation 2.6 141.4 119.9
Other non-cash operating items, net 4.3 3.5
Cash flow from operations before change in working capital 438.3 369.5
Change in inventories (82.1) (2.4)
Change in receivables (82.4) (65.0)
Change in trade payables and other current payables 113.7 (11.7)
Change in working capital (50.8) (79.1)
Cash flow from operations 387.5 290.4
Financial income received 8.0 12.3
Financial expenses paid (42.1) (48.3)
Corporation tax paid (41.0) (55.2)
Cash flow from operating activities 312.4 199.2
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets (65.7) (44.1)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (134.4) (116.2)
Acquisition of enterprise 0 (305.1)
Cash flow from investing activities (200.1) (465.4)
Cash flow from financing activities
Change of debt to credit institutions 26.6 16.0
Raising of loans from credit institutions 0 359.7
Repayment of lease liabilities (51.2) (41.7)
Dividends paid (81.6) (101.9)
Cash flow from financing activities (106.3) 232.1
Cashflow for the year 6.0 (34.1)
Cash and short-term deposits at beginning of year 55.4 89.5
Cash and short-term deposits at end of year 61.4 55.4
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
110
AO Annual Report 2025
Cash flow statement
DKK millions
Share
capital
Foreign
currency
translation
adjustment
Proposed
dividend for
the year
Retained
earnings Total equity
Equity at 1 January 2025 28.0 (11.7) 84.0 1,436.0 1,536.3
Net profit for the year 0 0 105.0 95.7 200.7
Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 8.3 0 0 8.3
Total comprehensive income 0 8.3 105.0 95.7 209.0
Dividend distribution 0 0 (81.6) 0 (81.6)
Dividend, treasury shares 0 0 (2.4) 2.4 0
Sharebased remuneration 0 0 0 4.3 4.3
Total transactions with owners 0 0 (84.0) 6.7 (77.3)
Equity at 31 December 2025 28.0 (3.4) 105.0 1,538.5 1,668.0
Equity at 1 January 2024 28.0 (7.6) 105.0 1,349.9 1,475.3
Net profit for the year 0 0 84.0 79.4 163.4
Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 (4.1) 0 0 (4.1)
Total comprehensive income 0 (4.1) 84.0 79.4 159.4
Dividend distribution 0 0 (101.9) 0 (101.9)
Dividend, treasury shares 0 0 (3.1) 3.1 0
Sharebased remuneration 0 0 0 3.5 3.5
Total transactions with owners 0 0 (105.0) 6.6 (98.4)
Equity at 31 December 2024 28.0 (11.7) 84.0 1,436.0 1,536.3
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
111
AO Annual Report 2025
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Notes – Section 1
Basis of preparation
1.1 Accounting policies
1.2 Significant estimated uncertainties and judgements
1 Basis of preparation
AO Annual Report 2025 112
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 1 – Basis of preparation
1.1 Accounting policies
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S is a limited company domi-
ciled in Denmark. The financial part of the annual report for
the period 1 January to 31 December 2025 comprises both
the consolidated financial statements of Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S and its subsidiaries (the Group) and separate
annual financial statements for the parent company.
The consolidated financial statements of Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S for 2025 are presented in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as
adopted by the EU and additional disclosure requirements in
the Danish Financial Statements Act.
On 26 February 2026, the Board of Directors and the Exec-
utive Board discussed and approved the annual report for
2023 for Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S. The annual report
will be presented to the shareholders of Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S for approval at the annual general meeting on
20 March 2026.
Basis of preparation
The annual report is presented in Danish kroner, rounded to
the nearest DKK 1,000,000. In previuous years amounts were
rounded to the nearest DKK 1,000 so comparison figures
have been restated.
The annual report has been prepared in accordance with
the historical cost principle except financial instruments
presented at fair value.
The accounting policies as described below have been
applied consistently throughout the financial year and to the
comparative figures. For standards implemented prospec-
tively, the comparative figures will not be restated.
Changes in accounting policies
Effective as of 1 January 2025, Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S
has implemented:
· IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates
regarding "Lack of Exchangeability".
The changed standards have had no effect on recognition
and measurement in the annual report.
iXBRL reporting
The annual report is published in the European Single
Electronic Format (ESEF), xHTML, that can be opened by all
standard web browsers. The annual report has been tagged
using inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL)
in accordance with the ESEF taxonomy. The annual report has
been submitted in a XHTML document along with specific
technical files all included in the file 5299004B6ZEG-
VCR9ZR75-2025-12-31- en.zip.
Consolidated financial statements
The consolidated financial statements consist of the parent
company Bdrene A & O Johansen A/S and subsidiaries in
which Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S has a controlling influence.
The Group has a controlling influence over a company if the
Group is exposed or entitled to variable returns from its
involvement in the company and has the ability to influence
these returns through its control over the company.
In assessing whether the Group exercises a controlling
influence, account is taken of de facto control and poten-
tial voting rights, which are real and have substance at the
balance sheet date.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared
as a summary of the parent companys and the individual
subsidiaries’ financial statements, prepared according to
the Group’s accounting policies, with intra-group income and
expenses, shareholdings, internal balances and dividends,
as well as realised and unrealised gains on transactions
between the consolidated companies, all eliminated.
Business combinations
Newly acquired or newly established companies are recog-
nised in the consolidated financial statements as of the date
of acquisition. Companies sold or liquidated are recognised
in the consolidated financial statements as of the date of
disposal. Comparative figures are not corrected for newly
acquired companies. Discontinued activities are presented
separately.
The acquisition method is applied when the Group acquires
control over the newly acquired company. The acquired
companies’ identifiable assets, liabilities, and contingent
liabilities are measured at fair value at the acquisition date.
Identifiable intangible assets are recognised if they can be
segregated or arise from a contractual right. Deferred tax is
recognised on the revaluations made.
The acquisition date is the point at which control is actually
gained over the acquired company.
Positive differences (goodwill) between the purchase price
and the fair value of acquired identifiable assets, and the
liabilities and contingent liabilities, are recognised as good-
will under intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortised but is
tested for impairment at least annually. The first impairment
test is performed before the end of the year of acquisition.
Upon acquisition, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating
units, which subsequently form the basis for impairment
testing. Negative differences (negative goodwill) are recog-
nised in profit/(loss) for the year as at the acquisition date.
The purchase price for a company consists of the fair value
of the agreed price. If parts of the purchase price are contin-
gent on future events, this part of the price is recognised
at fair value as at the acquisition date and is classified as
either a financial liability or equity according to its content. A
contingent purchase price, which is classified as a financial
liability, is regularly remeasured at fair value and adjusted
directly in the income statement.
Costs attributable to business combinations are recognised
in profit/(loss) for the year when incurred.
If, at the time of acquisition, there is uncertainty about the
measurement of the acquired identifiable assets, liabilities,
and contingent liabilities, initial recognition takes place on
the basis of preliminarily calculated fair values. If subse-
quently it turns out that identifiable assets, liabilities, and
Notes – Section 1
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
113
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 1 – Basis of preparation
contingent liabilities had a different fair value at the time of
acquisition than first assumed, goodwill is adjusted for up
to 12 months after the acquisition. The effect of the adjust-
ments is recognised in opening equity and the comparative
figures are adjusted.
Gains or losses on the disposal or liquidation of subsidiaries
are calculated as the difference between the sales price
or the settlement amount, and the carrying amount of net
assets including goodwill at the time of sale and costs of the
sale or liquidation.
Foreign currency translation
A functional currency is set for each of the reporting
companies in the Group. The functional currency is the
currency used in the primary economic environment in
which each reporting company operates. Transactions in
currencies other than the functional currency are foreign
currency transactions. The functional currency of the parent
company is DKK.
Foreign currency transactions are initially translated into
the functional currency at the exchange rate on the transac-
tion date.
Receivables, payables, and other monetary items denom-
inated in foreign currencies are translated into the func-
tional currency at the exchange rate at the balance sheet
date. The difference between the exchange rate at the
balance sheet date and the exchange rate at the time of the
occurrence or recognition of the receivable or payable in the
latest annual report is recognised in the income statement
under financial items.
When recognised in the consolidated financial statements
of companies with a functional currency other than Danish
kroner, the income statements are translated at the exchange
rate on the transaction date, and the balance sheet items are
translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date.
The average rate for the individual month in question is used
for the exchange rate on the transaction date to the extent
that this does not give a significantly different picture.
Exchange rate differences arising from the translation of the
equity of these companies at the beginning of the year at the
exchange rates at the balance sheet date and when trans-
lating income statements from average exchange rates to
the exchange rates at the balance sheet date are recognised
in other comprehensive income on a separate provision for
exchange rate adjustments under equity.
Exchange rate adjustments of outstanding balances which
are considered part of the total net investment in companies
with a functional currency other than Danish kroner are
recognised in the consolidated financial statements in other
comprehensive income on a separate provision for exchange
rate adjustments under equity.
Description of accounting policies in notes
Descriptions of accounting policies in the notes form part of
the overall description of accounting policies. These descrip-
tions are found in the following notes:
2.1 Segment information
2.2 Cost of sales
2.4 External expenses
2.5 Staff costs
4.4 Financial income
4.5 Financial expenses
2.7 Tax on profit or loss for the year
3.1 Intangible assets
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
3.4 Inventories
3.5 Trade receivables
3.7 Corporation tax receivable/payable
3.8 Deferred tax
4.2 Financing activities
4.3 Financial risks
1.1 Accounting policies (continued)
Notes – Section 1
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
114
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 1 – Basis of preparation
Accounting policy
Prepayments
Prepayments recognised under assets consist of costs paid
for subsequent financial years and are measured at cost
price.
Equity
Dividend
Proposed dividend is recognised as a liability at the time of
adoption at the annual general meeting. Dividend that is
expected to be paid for the year is shown as a separate item
under equity.
Treasury shares
Acquisition and disposal amounts and dividends for treasury
shares are recognised directly in retained earnings under
equity. Gains and losses on sales are thus not recognised in
the income statement.
Proceeds from the sale of treasury shares in connection
with the exercise of share options are recognised directly in
equity.
Reserve for foreign currency translation adjustments
The reserve for foreign currency translation adjustments
consists of exchange rate differences arising on translation
of the financial statements of foreign companies from their
functional currency to DKK.
Accruals and deferred income
Accrued expenses recognised under liabilities consist of
deferred income and are measured at their cost price.
Cash flow statement
The cash flow statement shows cash flows from operating,
investing, and financing activities for the year, the change in
cash and cash equivalents for the year, and cash and cash
equivalents at the beginning and end of the year.
The liquidity effect of business acquisitions and sales is
shown separately under cash flow from investing activities.
Cash flow from acquired companies is recognised in the cash
flow statement from the date of acquisition, and cash flows
from sold companies are recognised up to the point of sale.
Cash flow from operating activities
Cash flows from operating activities are calculated as profit/
(loss) before tax adjusted for non-cash operating items,
changes in working capital, interest received and paid, and
corporate taxes paid.
Cash flow from investing activities
Cash flows from investing activities include payments in
connection with: the purchase and sale of companies and
activities; the purchase and sale of intangible, tangible, and
other non-current assets; and the purchase and sale of secu-
rities that are not included as cash and cash equi valents.
The conclusion of finance leases is considered a non-cash
transaction.
Cash flow from financing activities
Cash flows from financing activities include changes in the
size or composition of share capital and related costs, as
well as the raising of loans, the repayment of interest-bearing
debt, the purchase and sale of treasury shares, and the
payment of dividends to shareholders.
Cash flows from assets held under finance leases are recog-
nised as the payment of interest and repayment of debt.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term
deposits.
Financial ratios
Financial ratios have been prepared in accordance with IAS
33 and the CFA Society Denmark’s ‘Recommendations and
Financial Ratios’.
When presenting figures, parentheses are used to indicate
negative results and deductions.
Notes – Section 1
1.1 Accounting policies (continued)
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
115
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 1 – Basis of preparation
1.2 Significant estimated uncertainties
and judgements
When calculating the carrying amount of certain assets and
liabilities, estimates are made of how future events affect the
value of these assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date.
The estimates and assumptions may have a significant
effect on the financial reporting and can be categorised as
significant accounting judgements or significant accounting
estimates and assumptions.
The estimates made are based on historical experience and
other factors that the management considers reasonable
in the circumstances, but which are inherently uncertain
and unpredictable. The assumptions may be incomplete or
inaccurate, and unexpected events or circumstances may
arise. Furthermore, the company is subject to risks and
uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from
those estimates.
It may be necessary to change previous estimates due to
changes in the circumstances underlying them or due to new
knowledge or subsequent events.
Significant accounting judgements,
estimates and assumptions
Significant accounting estimates and judgements include
assumptions and estimates of the future and other uncer-
tainty, that could potentially affect the company within the
next 12 months. Estimates that are material to the financial
reporting are made, inter alia, by valuing the impairment
testing of goodwill, receivables, and inventories and by
calculating depreciation and impairment.
The following estimates and accompanying assessments are
deemed material for the preparation of the financial state-
ments:
· Impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible
assets
· Valuation of receivables
· Inventory valuation
These estimates and assessments are described in the
following notes:
Note 3.1 Intangible assets
Note 3.4 Inventories
Note 3.5 Trade receivables
Notes – Section 1
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
116
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 1 – Basis of preparation
Notes – Section 2
Income statement
2.1 Segment information
2.2 Cost of sales
2.3 Other operating income
2.4 External expenses
2.5 Staff costs
2.6 Depreciation and amortisation
2.7 Tax on profit or loss for the year
2 Income statement
AO Annual Report 2025 117
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
The Group operates within the professional B2B segment and
the private B2C segment. The same products are sold to both
segments; however, the customer base and pricing struc-
tures differ significantly, and B2B and B2C have therefore
been identified as separate operating segments.
Geographical information
The Group operates primarily in Denmark. International
revenue amounted to DKK 768.1m (2024: DKK 549.3m),
representing just over 10% of the Group’s total revenue, and
relates to sales outside Denmark. Revenue from Sweden
amounted to DKK 591.4m (2024: DKK 443.0m), corre-
sponding to 9.7% of the Group’s total revenue. B2B Sweden
accounted for DKK 481.5m (2024: DKK 378.4m) and B2B
Denmark accounted for DKK 4,546.8m (2024: 4,245.0m).
Long-term assets in Denmark amounted to DKK 1,995.1m
(2024:DKK 2,072.3m).
Less than 10% of the Group’s total assets, measured by book
value, are located outside Denmark.
Sales channels
The Group uses both digital and physical sales channels.
Digital sales channels are defined as sales through websites
and apps. In 2025, sales through digital channels amounted
to DKK 3,808.1m (2024: DKK 2,891.1m), while sales through
physical channels amounted to DKK 2,312.7m (2024: DKK
2,538.2m). In the B2C segment, all sales are considered
digital.
Major customers
As in 2024, the Group did not generate more than 10% of its
total revenue from any single customer in 2025.
2.1 Segment information
DKK millions B2B B2C Total2025Revenue 5,027.6 1,093.2 6,120.8Cost of goods sold (3,706.6) (658.0) (4,364.6)Product margin 1,321.0 435.2 1,756.2Distribution (198.5) (72.7) (271.2)Gross margin 1,122.5 362.5 1,485.0Direct expenses (554.3) (235.1) (789.4)EBITDA before indirect expenses 568.2 127.4 695.6Indirect expenses (261.6)EBITDA 434.0Depreciation and amortisation (141.4)EBIT 292.6Financial income and expenses (32.5)EBT 260.1Key figures B2B B2C TotalGross margin % 22.3 % 33.2 % 24.3 %EBITDA (before indirect expenses) % 11.3 % 11.6 % 11.4 %EBITDA % 7.1 %
Notes – Section 2
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
118
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
Notes – Section 2
2.1 Segment information (continued)
DKK millions B2B B2C Total2024Revenue 4,623.5 805.8 5,429.3Cost of goods sold (3,438.7) (504.7) (3,943.4)Product margin 1,184.8 301.1 1,485.9Distribution (173.0) (60.8) (233.8)Gross margin 1,011.8 240.3 1,252.1Direct expenses (504.7) (168.1) (672.8)EBITDA before indirect expenses 507.1 72.2 579.3Sale of property 14.2Indirect expenses (227.5)EBITDA 366.0Depreciation and amortisation (119.9)EBIT 246.1Financial income and expenses (36.0)EBT 210.1Key figures B2B B2C TotalGross margin % 21.9 % 29.8 % 23.1 %EBITDA (before indirect expenses) % 11.0 % 9.0 % 10.7 %EBITDA % 6.7 %
Reconciliation of segment reporting
The segment reporting is a specification of the Group’s
income statement, prepared to provide a clear view of EBITDA
for the two operating segments. A further specification of
cost of sales has been made, as distribution costs are not
evenly distributed across segments.
Direct and indirect expenses, in aggregate, correspond to
the external expenses and staff costs presented in the Group
income statement.
Revenue, gross margin and EBITDA are identical in the
segment reporting and the Group income statement.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
119
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
Notes – Section 2
Accounting policy
Revenue
Revenue consists of the sale of goods that is recognised
in the income statement. Revenue is recognised when the
control of the individual identifiable delivery obligation
is transferred to the customer, and if the income can be
calculated reliably and is expected to be received. Control is
transferred at delivery of the products sold. The recognised
revenue is measured at the fair value of the agreed consid-
eration excluding VAT and taxes, and after the deduction of
discounts made in connection with the sale.
Revenue consists of contracts with a single delivery obliga-
tion, and where the individual components of the transaction
price are separately identifiable. There are no material differ-
ences in relation to sales channels or operating segments.
Discounts are deducted from the consideration based on
an estimate of the total discounts during the measurement
period.
Customer bonus due to customers is calculated at the time
of sale and deducted from the recognised revenue. Subse-
quent adjustments to customer bonus is also recognised as
revenue.
In the B2C segment sales are mostly done without credit
while the Group offers market-conform payment terms to
customers.
Segment information
The Group has activities within the professional B2B
segment and the private B2C segment. The two segments
share the same chief operating decision maker but are identi-
fied as separate operating segments in the internal manage-
ment reporting with separate budgets. Direct expenses are
allocated based on the section of the Group that bears the
salaries or the external expenses.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
120
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2
2.2 Cost of sales
DKK millions 2025 2024Cost of goods purchased during the year (4,442.6) (3,996.0)Distribution costs (271.1) (233.8)(4,713.7) (4,229.8)Change in inventories:Inventory at the beginning of the year 814.5 757.4Change in inventory during the year 4.1 (1.3)Inventory writedown, net 1.8 8.0Inventory at the end of the year 896.6 814.5Change in inventory for the year 76.2 50.4Cost of sales for the year (4,637.5) (4,179.4)
Accounting policy
Cost of sales
Cost of sales consists of the cost price of goods sold during
the financial year, as well as distribution costs, which are
variable in direct relation to revenue.
2.3 Other operating income
The item includes property rental income. In 2024 other oper-
ating income included a one-time gain of DKK 14.2m from
sale of a property while 2025 only incuded rental income.
2.4 External expenses
DKK millions 2025 2024Remuneration for the auditor elected by the annual general meeting:Total remuneration may be specified as follows:Statutory audit (1.9) (1.7)Tax and VAT related advisory services (0.1) (0.1)Other assurance engagements (0.9) (0.9)Other services (0.1) (0.1)Total (3.0) (2.8)
Other assurance engagements' primarily included statutory
limited assurance over the sustainability statements and to
a limited degree assurance services related to WEEE declara-
tion. Tax and VAT related advisory services related to minor
advice on general tax and VAT matters.
Accounting policy
External expenses
External expenses include costs for internal transport,
administration, advertising and exhibition costs, etc.,
including costs for the operation of real estate and losses to
debtors.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
121
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
Notes – Section 2
2.5 Staff costs
DKK millions 2025 2024Wages and salaries (527.5) (465.3)Pension contributions (49.4) (41.1)Share-based remuneration (4.3) (3.5)Other social security costs (16.4) (12.0)Other staff expenses (4.3) (3.7)Staff costs excl. temporary employees (601.9) (525.6)Wages temporary employees (51.1) (43.6)Staff costs total (653.0) (569.2)
Wages and salaries include remuneration for:
Board of Directors (4.0) (3.8)Board of Directors total (4.0) (3.8)Executive Board (28.3) (25.4)Share-based remuneration (1.5) (1.2)Pension contributions (1.6) (1.6)Benefits (0.6) (0.6)Executive Board total (32.0) (28.8)
Board of Directors and Executive Board total (36.0) (32.6)Average number of full-time employees, incl. temporary employees 1,078 968
Average number of full-time employees 1,004 899
The Group only has defined contribution plans.
Accounting policy
Staff costs
Staff costs include salaries and wages to employees, costs
related to defined pension contribution plans, social security
costs and other staff expenses such as training and educa-
tion expenses.
Employee benefits
The Group has entered into agreements to provide defined
contribution pension schemes for the majority of the Group’s
employees.
Liabilities relating to defined contribution pension schemes
for which the Group regularly pays fixed pension contribu-
tions to independent pension companies are recognised in
the income statement during the period in which they are
earned, and payments due are recognised in the balance
sheet under other liabilities.
Restricted stock units are measured at fair value at the date
of issue and are recognised in the income statement under
staff costs. The counter item is recognised directly in equity.
The fair value of the granted share options is calculated using
the option price model (Black & Scholes). RSU programmes
are described in note 5.2.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
122
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
Notes – Section 2
2.6 Depreciation and amortisation
DKK millions 2025 2024Intangible assets (35.8) (26.0)Property, plant and equipment (55.1) (52.7)Right-of-use assets (51.9) (41.4)Gains/losses from the disposal of assets 1.4 0.2Total (141.4) (119.9)
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
123
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
2.7 Tax on profit or loss for the year
DKK millions 2025 2024Current tax for the year (46.0) (35.7)Adjustment related to previous years (2.6) (0.6)(48.6) (36.3)Adjustment of deferred tax for the year (10.8) (10.2)Adjustment of deferred tax for previous years 0 (0.2)Total (59.4) (46.7)
Tax on profit/loss for the year can be explained as follows:
Calculated tax on profit/loss before tax 56.0 45.4Tax effect of:Non-taxable income (0.5) (0.8)Other non-deductible costs 1.3 0.6Adjustment of tax for previous years 2.6 1.659.4 46.7Effective tax rate 22.8% 22.2%Taxes paid during the financial year (41.0) (55.2)
Notes – Section 2
Accounting policy
Tax on profit/(loss) for the year
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S is taxed jointly with all Danish
subsidiaries as well as with the parent company Avenir Invest
ApS. The full liability is shown in the financial statements of
Avenir Invest ApS.
The current Danish corporation tax is distributed by settling
joint tax contributions between the jointly taxed companies
in proportion to their taxable income. In connection with
this, companies with a tax loss receive a joint tax contri-
bution from companies that have been able to use these
losses to reduce their own taxable profits. (Full distribution).
The jointly taxed companies are included in the Danish Tax
Prepayment Scheme.
Tax for the year, which consists of the current tax for the year
and changes in deferred tax, is recognised in the income
statement for tax attributed to profit/(loss) for the year, and
in equity for tax attributable to items directly in equity.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
124
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
3.1 Intangible assets
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
3.4 Inventories
3.5 Trade receivables
3.6 Earnings per share
3.7 Corporation tax receivable/payable
3.8 Deferred tax
3.9 Other payables
Notes – Section 3
Invested capital
3 Invested capital
AO Annual Report 2025 125
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.1 Intangible assets
Intellectual property DKK millions Goodwillrights SoftwareCost at 1 January 2025 757.5 92.9 335.2Foreign currency translation adjustment 3.4 0 0.2Additions during the year 0 0 65.7Disposals during the year 0 0 (1.5)Cost at 31 December 2025 760.9 92.9 399.6Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2025 0 (29.0) (228.6)Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 0 (0.2)Amortisation and depreciation for the year 0 (3.5) (32.3)Disposals during the year 0 0 0.1Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2025 0 (32.5) (261.0)Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 760.9 60.4 138.6
Intellectual property DKK millions Goodwillrights SoftwareCost at 1 January 2024 508.5 70.1 330.4Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 0 0Additions from acquisitions 249.0 22.8 2.2Additions during the year 0 0 44.1Disposals during the year 0 0 (41.4)Cost at 31 December 2024 757.5 92.9 335.2Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2024 0 (25.5) (247.5)Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 0 0Amortisation and depreciation for the year 0 (3.5) (22.5)Disposals during the year 0 0 41.4Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2024 0 (29.0) (228.6)Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 757.5 63.9 106.6
In 2024, additions to goodwill derive from the acquisition of
Svenska VA-Grossisten, DesignKupp and Workwear Group.
Apart from goodwill, all intangible assets are considered to
have definite useful lives. No significant changes have been
made in estimates relating to intangible assets. Intellectual
property rights relate to trademarks and domain names
related to Billig VVS, Greenline, LampeGuru EA Værktøj,
VVSKupp and Billig Arbejdstøj.
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
126
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
Goodwill
At 31 December 2025, Management performed an impairment
test of goodwill. Separate cash-generating untis (CGUs) were
tested for impairment including an sensitivity analysis for
future cash flows. The carrying amount of goodwill and key
assumptions may be specified per CGU in the following way:
Goodwill Goodwill Pre-tax Terminal DKK millions20242025WACCgrowth rateB2B Denmark 197.1 200.4 10% 1.5%B2B Sweden 101.3 101.4 10% 1.5%B2C 459.1 459.1 10% 2.5%
The applied pre-tax WACC has been set 10% same as in 2024
due to perceived unchanged risk-free interest rates. Terminal
growth rates are unchanged for all CGUs.
Goodwill has been allocated to the two operating segments
B2B and B2C, which is reflected above. In addition, good-
will in the B2B segment is futher allocated into Danish and
Swedish goodwill in order to reflect the CGUs and the level at
which goodwill is monitored.
The recoverable amount is based on the value in use, which is
determined by means of expected net cash flows on the basis
of budgets for 2026 and forecasts for 2027-2030 approved
by Management, and an adjusted discount rate of 7.8% (after
tax). The applied discount rate reflects the specific risks
DKK millions 2025 2024Work in Work in Consolidated Completedprogress CompletedprogressCost at 1 January 167.0 32.2 162.2 36.8Additions during the year 0.5 65.1 0 47.5Transfer 51.8 (53.2) 47. 9 (52.1)Disposal 0 0 (43.1) 0Cost at 31 December 219.3 44.1 167.0 32.2Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January (113.1) 0 (118.3) 0Amortisation and depreciation for the year (28.1) 0 (23.1) 0Transfer 0 0 (12.4) 0Amortisation and depreciation related to disposals 0 0 40.7 0Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December (141.2) 0 (113.1) 0Carrying amount at 31 December 78.1 44.1 53.9 32.2
3.1 Intangible assets (continued)
Notes – Section 3
related to the Group, including geography, capital structure,
etc. The applied terminal growth rate is not expected to
exceed the long-term average growth rate of the markets in
which the company operates.
The applied 5-year growth rate and growth in terminal values
are not expected to exceed the long-term average growth
rate of the Group's operating segments. For both operating
segments profit margins and market shares are expected to
reflect the financial targets of outgrowing the market by 2
percentage points and increasing the EBITDA margin.
By comparing the budgets for the respective Group compa-
nies and the expected market development it has been
concluded that the recoverable amount will be considerably
higher than the carrying amount.
Development costs
Development costs are included in "Software". The net value
of capitalised development costs may be illustrated as
follows:
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
127
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.1 Intangible assets (continued)
Accounting policy
Intangible assets
Goodwill is initially recognised in the balance sheet at cost
price as described under ‘Business combinations’. Goodwill
is subsequently measured at cost price less accumulated
impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.
The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the Group’s
cash-generating units at the acquisition date. The determina-
tion of cash-generating units follows the management struc-
ture and internal financial management.
Rights are measured at cost price less accumulated amor-
tisation and impairment losses. Rights are amortised on
a straight-line basis over their expected useful life, for a
maximum of 20 years.
Software is measured at cost price less accumulated amor-
tisation and impairment losses. Software is amortised
on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life, for a
maximum of 10 years.
Impairment of non-current assets
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives
are tested annually for impairment, the first time before the
end of the year of acquisition.
The carrying amount of goodwill is tested for impairment
together with the other non-current assets in the cash-gener-
ating unit to which goodwill is allocated and is written down
over the income statement if the carrying amount is higher
than the recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is generally calculated as the
present value of the expected future net cash flow from the
activity to which goodwill is linked. The impairment of good-
will is recognised in a separate item in the income statement.
The carrying amount of the other non-current assets is
assessed annually to determine whether there is any indica-
tion of impairment. When such an indication is present, the
asset’s recoverable amount is calculated. The recoverable
amount is the asset’s fair value less the expected cost of
disposal or net present value. The net present value is calcu-
lated as the present value of expected future cash flows from
the asset or the cash-generating unit which the asset is part of.
An impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount
exceeds the asset’s recoverable amount. Impairment losses
are recognised in the income statement under depreciation.
Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. Impair-
ment losses on other assets are reversed to the extent that
changes have occurred in the assumptions and estimates
that led to the impairment. Impairment losses are reversed
only to the extent that the new carrying amount does not
exceed the carrying amount after depreciation if an impair-
ment loss has not been recognised for the asset.
Notes – Section 3
Key accounting judgments and estimates
Impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets
Impairment testing of goodwill requires significant judge-
ment and estimation, as it involves assessing whether the
carrying value of goodwill remains recoverable based on
future economic benefits. Since goodwill is not amortized
but tested annually for impairment, management must eval-
uate whether the associated cash-generating units (CGUs)
will generate sufficient future cash flows to support the
recorded value of goodwill.
A key judgement lies in defining CGUs and determining how
goodwill is allocated to them. This allocation impacts the
impairment assessment, as a CGUs performance is the
basis for determining whether goodwill remains recoverable.
Estimating future cash flows requires assumptions about
revenue growth, profitability, cost structures, and market
conditions over a multi-year period, often influenced by
broader economic factors and industry-specific risks.
Another significant estimate is the discount rate applied to
projected cash flows, which reflects both the time value of
money and the risk associated with achieving forecasted
performance. Given the inherent uncertainty in long-term
projections, small changes in key assumptions, such as
future earnings growth, discount rates, or terminal values,
can significantly impact the impairment outcome.
Management reviews these estimates annually, adjusting
them based on changes in market conditions, operational
performance, and economic forecasts. However, due to the
forward-looking nature of impairment testing, there is always
an element of uncertainty, and deviations from projected
outcomes may lead to future impairments.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
128
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
Leasehold Fixtures and Land and improve- operating DKK millionsbuildingsmentsequipmentCost at 1 January 2025 1,194.6 29.1 627.8Foreign currency translation adjustment 1.2 0 0.5Transfers (1.1) (10.4) 11.5Additions during the year 114.4 4.0 16.2Disposals during the year (0.1) (0.4) (11.2)Cost at 31 December 2025 1,309.0 22.3 644.8Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2025 (252.7) (13.9) (373.1)Foreign currency translation adjustment (0.4) 0 (0.4)Transfer 0 6.2 (6.2)Amortisation and depreciation for the year (14.5) (2.2) (42.2)Disposals during the year 0 0.5 10.0Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2025 (267.6) (9.6) (411.9)Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 1,041.4 12.7 232.9
Leasehold Fixtures and Land and improve- operating DKK millionsbuildingsmentsequipmentCost at 1 January 2024 1,077.5 31.5 603.8Foreign currency translation adjustment (0.7) 0 (0.2)Additions from acquisitions 39.9 0 44.9Additions during the year 87.2 3.8 25.2Disposals during the year (9.3) (6.2) (45.9)Cost at 31 December 2024 1,194.6 29.1 627. 8Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2024 (245.2) (16.0) (381.8)Foreign currency translation adjustment 0.2 0 0.2Amortisation and depreciation for the year (11.8) (4.0) (36.8)Disposals during the year 4.1 6.1 45.3Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2024 (252.7) (13.9) (373.1)Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 941.9 15.2 254.7
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
129
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.2 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Specification of land and buildingsYear of Building acqui-area Carrying Mortgage Address Usesition(sqm)amountloansAdministration and central warehouseRørvang 1-9, DK-2620 Albertslund Administration 8,140Rørvang 1-9, DK-2620 Albertslund Central warehouse 29,687Rørvang 11, DK-2620 Albertslund Central warehouse 5,600Herstedvang 9-13, DK-2620 Albertslund Central warehouse 3,694Herstedvang 6, DK-2620 Albertslund Central warehouse 5,674Ølstrupvej 2A, DK-6971 Spjald Central warehouse 6,611Mossvej 2, DK-8700 Horsens Central warehouse 19,167Administration and central warehouse total 78,573 543.2 290.9StoresØstbanegade 169, DK-2100 Østerbro Store 1990 478Rørvang 1-9, DK-2620 Albertslund Store 1990 1,907Gl. Køge Landevej 362, DK-2650 Hvidovre Store 1999 619ndværkervænget 18-20, DK-2670 Greve Store 1995 713Englandsvej 360, DK-2770 Kastrup Store 1996 437Kokkedal Industripark 42A, DK-2980 Hørsholm Store 2014 702Industrivej 16, DK-3000 Helsingør Store 2013 736Herredsvejen 12, DK-3400 Hillerød Store 2013 751Sigrunsvej 1, DK-3400 Hillerød Store 2024 1,494Centervej 44, DK-3600 Fr.sund Store 2020 700Sandemandsvej 10, DK-3700 Rønne Store 2003 768Københavnsvej 205, DK-4000 Roskilde Store 2022 1,448Industriparken 1, DK-4100 Ringsted Store 2022 864Japanvej 16, DK-4200 Slagelse Store 2014 700Tækkemandsvej 3, DK-4300 Holbæk Store 2000 1,307
Specification of land and buildings (continued)Year of Building acqui-area Carrying Mortgage Address Usesition(sqm)amountloansStores (continued)Valdemarshaab 15, DK-4600 Køge Store 2014 862Holsted Park 6, DK-4700 Næstved Store 2000 1,185Herningvej 23, DK-4800 Nykøbing F Store 2013 700Middelfartsvej 8, DK-5000 Odense Store 2000 1,111Ove Gjeddes Vej 18, DK-5220 Odense SØ Store 2017 800Mandal Alle 5, DK-5500 Middelfart Store 2022 1,343nten 5, DK-6000 Kolding Store 1990 1,359stmark 21, DK-6200 Aabenraa Store 2005 987Kattegatvej 1, DK-6705 Esbjerg Store 2013 800Ibæk Strandvej 8, DK-7100 Vejle Store 2022 1,564Ibæk Strandvej 12, DK-7100 Vejle Store 2014 702ren Frichs Vej 24, DK-8000 Århus Store 2004 1,089Tomsagervej 3-7, DK-8000 Århus Store 2022 1,596Jens Juuls Vej 7, DK-8260 Viby Store 2014 700Lillehøjvej 42, DK-8600 Silkeborg Store 2018 800Allégade 40, DK-8700 Horsens Store 1990 1,500Toldbodgade 24, DK-8930 Randers Store 2004 1,337Brodalsgen 15, SE-433 38 Partille Store and warehouse 2003 1,660Bronsyxegatan 6A, SE-213 75 Mal Store and warehouse 2000 1,350Total stores 35,069 399.5 126.2Buildings under construction 98.7Land and buildings 113,642 1,041.4 417.1
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
130
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.2 Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Accounting policy
Property, plant and equipment, including leases
Land and buildings, leasehold improvements, operating
equipment, and fixtures and fittings are measured at their
cost price less accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses.
The cost price consists of the acquisition price and costs
directly related to the acquisition until the time when the
asset is ready for use. The cost price of a total asset is
divided into separate components, which are depreciated
separately if the useful life of the individual component is
different.
Subsequent costs, such as when replacing components of a
tangible asset, are recognised in the carrying amount of the
asset in question when it is probable that the holding will
result in future economic benefits for the Group. All other
general repair and maintenance costs are recognised in the
income statement as they are incurred.
The assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their
expected useful lives, based on the following assessment of
the expected life of assets:
Buildings: up to 50 years
Installations: 10 years
Leasehold improvements: Maximum 5 years
Fixtures and operating equipment: Normally 5 years.
15 years for mini-load
storage systems and
high bay systems.
Land is not depreciated.
The basis for depreciation is calculated by taking into
account the asset’s scrap value and is reduced by any impair-
ment losses. The depreciation period and the scrap value
are determined at the time of acquisition and are reviewed
annually. If the scrap value exceeds the carrying amount,
depreciation ceases.
Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant, and
equipment are calculated as the difference between the sale
price less selling costs and the carrying amount at the time
of sale.
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
131
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
Fixtures and Land and operating Right-of-use assetsbuildingsequipment TotalBalance at 1 January 2025 42.2 48.9 91.1Foreign currency translation adjustment 0.1 0.3 0.4Additions during the year 20.1 26.9 47.0Disposals during the year (5.4) (1.9) (7.3)Remeasurement of lease liability 48.9 3.0 51.9Amortisation and depreciation for the year (28.6) (23.2) (51.8)Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 77.3 54.0 131.3
Fixtures and Land and operating Right-of-use assetsbuildingsequipment TotalBalance at 1 January 2024 59.1 40.7 99.8Foreign currency translation adjustment (0.2) (0.2) (0.4)Additions during the year 2.3 25.4 27.7Disposals during the year (0.6) (0.8) (1.4)Remeasurement of lease liability 5.9 0.9 6.8Amortisation and depreciation for the year (24.3) (17.1) (41.4)Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 42.2 48.9 91.1
Lease liabilities 2025 2024Maturity of lease liabilities0-1 year 52.4 38.41-5 years 99.0 80.1>5 years 21.4 11.9Total un-discounted lease liabilities at 31 December 172.8 130.4Short-term lease liabilities, less than 1 year 47.9 31.8Long-term lease liabilities, more than 1 year 113.5 93.7Lease liabilities recognised in the balance sheet 161.4 125.5Amounts recognised in the income statementInterest expenses on lease liabilities (5.2) (1.6)Expenses related to low value leasing arrangements (0.3) (0.3)Expenses related to short term leasing arrangements (0.3) (1.0)Depreciation related to right-of-use assets (51.8) (38.3)Total (57.6) (41.2)
In relation to leases, including low-value and short-term
leasing arrangements, the Group has paid DKK 52.4m
towards leasing contracts in 2025 (2024: DKK 37.0m). Hereof
interest payments related to leasing liabilities amount to DKK
5.3m (2024: DKK 3.0m) and instalments on leasing liabilities
amount to DKK 51.8m (2024: DKK 41.3m)
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
132
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (continued)
Accounting policy
Leases
Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognised in the
balance sheet at the time when a lease for a specific identifi-
able asset is made available to the Group for the lease term
and when the Group obtains the right to most of the financial
benefits from the use of the identified asset and the right to
decide the use of the identified asset.
On initial recognition, lease liabilities are measured at the
present value of future lease payments using the incremental
borrowing rate as the discount factor. The following lease
payments are recognised as part of the lease liability:
· Fixed payments.
· Changes in variable lease payments which fluctuate with
changes in an index or interest rate based on the current
index or interest rate.
· Amounts payable under a residual value guarantee.
· The exercise price of call options reasonably certain to be
exercised by the Group.
· Payments made in periods covered by an option to extend
the lease which the Group is reasonably certain to exercise.
· Penalties related to a termination option, unless the Group
is reasonably certain not to exercise the option.
Lease liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method. A remeasurement is made
when changes in the cash flow as a result of changes in
an index or interest rate is identified, if the estimate of a
residual guarantee is changed or if the Group is changing the
assessment of whether it is reasonably certain to exercise an
extension or termination option, or a call option.
Initially right-of-use assets are recognised at cost which
is equal to the lease liabilities adjusted for prepaid lease
payments and estimated cost of demolition, repairs etc less
received discounts or other types of incentive payments from
lessor.
Subsequently, right-of-use assets are measured at cost less
accumulated depreciation. Right-of-use assets are depreci-
ated over the shorter of the lease term and the useful life of
the right-of-use asset. The depreciation is recognised on a
straight-line basis in the income statement.
Adjustments are made to the right-of-use asset in case of
changes in the lease liability due to changes in the condi-
tions of the leases or changes in the cash flow from fluctua-
tions in an index or an interest rate.
The right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis
over their expected lease periods which constitute:
Operating equipment 3 – 10 years
Warehouse properties with 3 – 10 years
associated administration
Stores 3 – 10 years
Notes – Section 3
Right-of-use assets and leasing liabilities are presented
separately in the Group’s balance sheet.
The Group has chosen not to recognise leases with a term
of less than 12 months or a present value of less than
DKK 30,000. Instead lease payments are recognised on a
straight-line basis in the income statement.
Furthermore, the Group has chosen to determine a discount
rate on a portfolio of lease agreements with uniform charac-
teristics.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
133
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.4 Inventories
DKK millions 2025 2024Carrying amount of inventories recognised at net selling price 47.0 47.5
Accounting policy
Inventories
Inventories are measured at cost price, which is calculated
on the basis of average prices. If the net realisable value is
lower than the cost price, an impairment loss is made to the
net realisable value.
The cost price includes the acquisition price plus the cost of
repatriation.
The net realisable value is calculated as the expected sale
price less costs to execute the sale and is determined on the
basis of marketability, obsolescence, and expected develop-
ment in the sales price. The value of inventories accounted
for at fair value is specified in note 3.4 of the annual report.
Key accounting judgments and estimates
Inventories
The estimated uncertainty of inventories relates primarily to
slow-moving goods and thus to impairment to the net realis-
able value.
Impairment requirements are continuously assessed on
inventories based on historical sales and the assessment of
future sales.
Supplier bonus
Reporting from suppliers as well as AOs own records are
used when assessing the supplier bonus that is due to AO.
Estimates are used when reporting from suppliers have not
been received or when the reporting from suppliers do not
reconcile with AO’s records. Ongoing retrospective reviews
are performed to ensure that supplier bonus is included
correctly in the financial statements.
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
134
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.5 Trade receivables
Trade receivables consist of sale of goods to business
customers which, in essence, have the same risk profile.
Provisions for bad debts are made in accordance with the
simplified expected credit loss model, taking into account
AO's credit policy and debt collection procedure. AO has
taken up credit insurance on customers with large balances.
Historically, the Group has incurred no losses on receivables
from subsidiaries, and is not expected to going forward.
Calculated on the basis of a weighted loss ratio, the Group's
expected credit losses on trade receiv-ables are as follows:
Notes – Section 3
Receivable Expected DKK millions Loss ratioamountloss Total2025Not yet due 0.1% 652.3 (0.9) 651.4Due within 1-30 days 1.3% 29.1 (0.4) 28.7Due within 31-60 days 6.1% 2.5 (0.1) 2.4Due in more than 60 days 71.3% 49.2 (35.1) 14.1Total at 31 December 2025 733.1 (36.5) 696.6
2024Not yet due 0.4 % 576.7 (2.4) 574.3Due within 1-30 days 1.2 % 23.3 (0.3) 23.0Due within 31-60 days 28.9 % 3.2 (0.9) 2.3Due in more than 60 days 77.7 % 38.6 (30.0) 8.6Total at 31 December 2024 641.8 (33.6) 608.2
* Expected losses are shown including VAT.
DKK millions 2025 2024Provision for losses on receivables:Provision for losses on receivables at 1 January excl. VAT 27.0 35.0Realised loss during the year - use of previous provision (4.9) (15.1)Adjustment of provisions for losses 7.3 7.1Provision for losses on receivables at 31 December 29.4 27.0Recognised previously written-off receivables (0.3) (0.3)Losses recognised in the year and not previously provided for (0.1) 0Operating effect, net from loss and provision for losses on receivables 6.9 6.8
Accounting policy
Receivables
Receivables are measured at their amortised cost price.
Impairment to counter losses is conducted according to the
simplified expected credit loss model, after which the total
loss is recognised immediately in the income statement at
the same time as the receivable is recognised in the balance
sheet on the basis of the expected loss over the total life of
the receivable. Intra-group receivables are measured at the
amortised cost price.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
135
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.5 Trade receivables (continued)
Key accounting judgments and estimates
Receivables
Estimates are used when assessing the probability of receiv-
ables. Due to the financial situation in society, the risk of
losses on doubtful receivables remains high, which has
been taken into account when assessing new customers, by
way of impairment losses at the balance sheet date, and in
the day-to-day governance and control of the receivables as
described in note 4.3.
3.6 Earnings per share
DKK millions 2025 2024Net profit or loss for the year 200.7 163.4Average number of shares in circulation 28,000,000 28,000,000Average number of own shares (761,062) (823,900)Average number of shares in circulation 27,238,938 27,176,100The average dilution effect of outstanding RSU's 86,338 93,977Diluted average number of outstanding share options 27,325,276 27,270,077Earnings per share (EPS) of DKK 1 (DKK) 7.4 6.0Diluted earnings per share (EPS-D) of DKK 1 (DKK) 7.3 6.0
Notes – Section 3
Customer bonus
Estimates are used in relation to the determination of the
bonus levels reached on bonus agreements with a duration
of more than one year. The applied estimates are reviewed on
an ongoing basis to ensure a correct valuation of bonus due
to customers.
3.7 Corporation tax receivable/payable
DKK millions 2025 2024Corporation tax paid on account during the year 11.8 8.5Tax on taxable profit for the year (9.8) (14.4)Tax payable relating to previous years (4.8) (2.3)Total corporation tax receivable/payable (2.8) (8.2)
Accounting policy
Corporation tax
Current tax liabilities and receivables are recognised in the
balance sheet as calculated tax on taxable income for the
year, adjusted for tax on previous years’ taxable income and
tax paid on account.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
136
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.8 Deferred tax
DKK millions 2025 2024Deferred tax at 1 January 83.2 70.1Foreign currency translation adjustment 0.7 0.3Merger / acquisition of enterprise 0 3.6Change in deferred tax for the year 10.6 9.4Change in deferred tax relating to previous years 0 (0.2)Deferred tax at 31 December 94.5 83.2
Deferred tax relates to: Intangible assets 52.2 31.8Property, plant and equipment 50.6 57.7Receivables/inventory (3.3) (4.2)Liabilities (5.0) (2.1)Tax deficit 0 0Deferred tax at the end of the year 94.5 83.2
Notes – Section 3
Accounting policy
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is measured according to the balance sheet
liability method of all temporary differences between the net
asset value and tax value of assets and liabilities. However,
deferred tax is not recognised on temporary differences
relating to non-deductible goodwill and other items where
temporary differences – other than business acquisitions
– have arisen at the time of acquisition without affecting
profit/(loss) or taxable income.
Deferred tax is measured based on the tax rules and at the
tax rate that will apply as per the legislation on the balance
sheet date when the tax liability is expected to be triggered
as current tax. Changes in deferred tax as a result of changes
in the tax rate are recognised in the income statement.
Deferred tax assets are recognised under non-current assets at
the value that is expected to be realised, either by set-off against
deferred tax liabilities or by offsetting tax on future earnings.
Deferred tax assets are assessed annually and recognised
only to the extent that it is probable that they will be utilised.
3.9 Other payables
DKK millions 2025 2024Holiday allowance 27.8 23.5Salary-related items 17.2 16.0VAT and taxes 20.5 18.4Frozen holiday allowance 0 1.4Earn out liability 10.4 9.7Other payables 16.7 5.4Total 92.6 74.4
At the end of 2025, provisions for liabilities were DKK 0.5m
(2024: DKK 0.5m). Of other payables DKK 10.4m is classified
as non-current on the balance sheet while DKK 82.2m is
classified as current.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
137
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
4.1 Equity
4.2 Financing activities
4.3 Financial risks
4.4 Financial income
4.5 Financial expenses
Notes – Section 4
Capital structure
and financing
4 Capital structure and financing
AO Annual Report 2025 138
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
4.1 Equity
Capital management
The Group regularly assesses the need for adapting the
capital structure with a view to balancing a higher required
rate of return on equity with the increased uncertainty asso-
ciated with loan capital. At the end of 2025, the equity share
of total equity and liabilities amounted to 40.9% (2024:
40.6%). The target is to obtain an equity ratio of a minimum
of 40%. The financial gearing as at December 31 2025 was
2.4 (2024: 2.7). The Group target is to maintain a financial
gearing within the range of 1.0 and 2.5. Capital is managed
for the Group as a whole.
The share capital consists of the following classes:
Notes – Section 4
k DKKClass A share capital: 56,400 shares of DKK 100 each 5,640Class B share capital: 22,360,000 shares of DKK 1 each 22,360Total share capital 28,000
Of the Company's share capital of DKK 28,000k DKK 5,640k
is in the form of Class A-shares and DKK 22,360k is in the
form of Class B-shares. Each Class A-share of DKK 100
carries 1,000 votes whereas each Class B-share of DKK 1
carries one vote. In addition to the the difference in the
number of voting rights, the two share classes differ in the
following respects:
The Class A-shares are non-negotiable securities. The
Class B-shares are listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen. The
Class B-share capital has a preferential dividend right of
6%. In case of liquidation, Class B-shares take precedence
over Class A-shares. As at December 31 2025, there are no
outstanding obligations related to preferential dividends to
Class B-shares.
An alteration to the Company's Articles of Association requires
that two thirds of cast votes and two thirds of the represented
capital at a general meeting are in favour of the alteration.
Holders of Class B-shares are entitled to appoint and elect
one member of the Board of Directors, while holders of Class
A shares elect the remaining Board members.
Nomimal value Number of shares(DKK thousands) % of share capitalTreasury shares 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 20241 January 823,900 823,900 824 824 2.9% 2.9%Holding at 31 December 761,062 823,900 761 824 2.7% 2.9%
In 2025 62,838 treasury shares have been transferred to
employees as part of the long term incentive programme.
According to the authorisation of the annual general meeting,
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S is allowed to acquire treasury
shares up to a total holding of 10% of the share capital.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
139
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
4.2 Financing activities
DKK millions 2025 2024Mortgage loans – floating interest rate – 5 years 416.9 442.6Revolving credit facility – floating short-term interest rate 532.1 479.8Lease liabilities – floating interest rate 161.4 125.51,110.4 1,047.9
Payables relating to financing activities:Beginning-of-year 1,047.9 611.2Repayment of debt to credit institutions, net 26.6 16.0Raising of loans from credit institutions 0 359.7Debt from acquisition 0 38.7Addition, lease liabilities, net 87.1 64.0Repayment, lease liabilities (51.2) (41.7)Year-end 1,110.4 1,047.9
According to the leases there are no contingent rents. The
contractual cash flows appear from note 4.3.
4.1 Equity (continued)
Dividend
The payment of dividends to the Company's shareholders
has no tax implication for Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S.
Proposed dividend for 2025 amounts to TDKK 105,000 corre-
sponding to DKK 3.75 per share.
Other reserves
Reserve for net revaluation according to the equity method
contains value adjustments related to investments in
subsidiaries. Included in reserve for development costs is
an amount corresponding to capitalised intangible assets
meeting the criteria for being defined as a development
project.
Reserve for net revaluation according to the equity method
and reserve for development costs are unavailable for distri-
bution to shareholders.
Reserve for foreign currency translation adjustment
The reserve for foreign currency translation adjustments
includes all translation adjustments that arise as a result of
the translation of the financial statements of entities using
a functional currency other than Danish kroner. There are
no translation adjustments in connection with assets and
liabilities constituting a part of the Group's net investment in
such entities.
Notes – Section 4
Accounting policy
Financial liabilities
Debt to mortgage-credit institutions and credit institu-
tions is recognised at the time of borrowing at the value of
the proceeds received less transaction costs incurred. In
subsequent periods, the financial liabilities are measured at
amortised cost corresponding to the capitalised value using
the effective interest rate, so that the difference between the
proceeds and the nominal value is recognised in the income
statement over the loan period.
Other payables, which include debt to suppliers, are meas-
ured at their amortised cost price, and other liabilities at net
realisable value.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
140
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
4.3 Financial risks
The Group's risk management policies
As a result of its operations, investments and financing, the
Group is exposed to changes in exchange rates and inter-
est-rate levels. It is Group policy not to engage in any active
speculation in financial risks. The Group's financial manage-
ment therefore only concentrates on the management of the
financial risks that are directly linked to the Group's opera-
tions and financing. Financial risks are managed centrally by
the Group's finance function.
The overall framework for the financial risk management
is defined in the Group's finance policy, which has been
approved by the Board of Directors. The finance policy covers
the Group's finance policy as well as its policy relating to
credit risks associated with financial counterparties and
contains a description of the approved risk framework.
Management monitors the Group's risk concentration on
customers, currencies and other areas on a regular basis.
Currency risks
The Group's currency risk in connection with Danish opera-
tions is limited as revenue is generated in Danish kroner, and
goods are primarily purchased in DKK or EUR.
The Group's foreign operations are not much affected by
currency fluctuations, as income and expenses are largely
paid in local currency. Consolidated results will be affected
by exchange differences arising on translation of foreign
operations' results and on translation of net assets.
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to a very
limited extent. The derivative financial instruments consist
of forward exchange contracts for the purchase of EUR. At 31
December 2025 there were no forward exchange contracts,
and therefore no further information is provided.
The Group had no significant currency risks relating to
receivables or payables in foreign currencies at 31 December
2025, and the consolidated results would therefore not be
affected to any major extent by changes in exchange rates at
31 December 2025.
Notes – Section 4
The Group has the following currency exposure at 31
December:
2025 2024DKK millions EUR OTHER* TOTAL EUR OTHER* TOTALTrade payables 56.3 57.1 113.4 47.1 49.6 96.7Payables to credit institutions 22.9 (9.2) 13.7 6.6 (19.5) (12.9)Net exposure 79.2 47.9 127.1 53.7 30.1 83.8Risk in exchange rate fluctuation 1% 10% 1% 10%Estimated effect on income statement and equity 0.8 4.8 5.6 0.5 3.0 3.5
* The allocation of other is related to SEK, NOK and other is as follows:
SEK is totalled to DKK 49.3m (2024: DKK 31.3m), for NOK th total
amount is DKK 0.6m (2024: -0.7m) and other the total is DKK -2.1m
(2024: -1.2m)
The Group's currency exposure related to financial instru-
ments is primarily a result of the Group's financing activities .
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
141
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
4.3 Financial risks (continued)
Interest rate risks
As a result of its investing and financing activities, the Group
has a risk exposure relating to fluctuations in the inter-
est-rate level in Denmark. The main interest rate exposure is
related to fluctuations in CIBOR.
In 2025, the Group's interest-bearing debt, determined as
payables to credit institutions and lease liabilities less nego-
tiable securities and cash increased by DKK 55.6m to DKK
1,048.2m at the end of the year.
Based on the debt, a decrease of one percentage point in
the general interest-rate level would result in a decrease in
the Group's annual interest expenses before tax of approxi-
mately DKK 10.5m (2024: approximately DKK 10.1m).
Liquidity risks
In connection with borrowing, it is the Group's policy to
ensure the greatest possible flexibility by spreading the
loans on different maturity/renegotiation dates and on
different lenders to ensure the best possible terms. The
Group's cash resources comprise cash and short-term
deposits, securities and undrawn credit facilities. It is the
Group's aim to have sufficient cash resources in order to
make appropriate decisions also in connection with unfore-
seen liquidity fluctuations.
The Group's payables fall due as follows:
Carrying Contractual Less than 1 to More than DKK millionsamountcash flows1 year5 years5 years2025Mortgage loans 416.9 522.1 37.9 151.1 333.0Revolving credit facility 532.1 532.1 364.4 167.7 0Lease liabilities 161.4 172.8 52.4 99.1 21.3Trade payables 1,127.2 1,127.2 1,127.2 0 0Total at 31 December 2,237.6 2,354.2 1,581.9 417.9 354.3
2024Mortgage loans 442.6 567.9 38.1 153.4 376.4Revolving credit facility 479.8 479.8 254.0 225.8 0Lease liabilities 125.5 130.4 38.4 80.1 11.9Trade payables 1,036.8 1,036.8 1,036.8 0 0Total at 31 December 2,084.8 2,304.8 1,389.5 478.2 437.1
Notes – Section 4
Assumptions regarding the maturity analysis:
· The maturity analysis is based on all undiscounted cash
flows, including estimated interest payments according to
contractual basis.
· Interest payments are estimated on the basis of current
market conditions.
Based on the Group's expectations for future operations and
the Group's current cash resources, no material liquidity
risks have been identified. Agreements containing Supply
Chain Finance programmes have been concluded. The Supply
Chain Finance programmes typically has a credit time of two
months longer than comparable financial liabilities. At the
balance sheet date liabilities related to Supply Chain Finance
programmes amount to DKK 294.3m (2024: DKK 235.5m)
of which DKK 275.8m has been settled from the third-party
finance provider. In the balance sheet the Supply Chain
Finance programmes are classified as trade payables.
Group loans and committed credit facilities are not subject to
any special terms or conditions (covenants).
Credit risks
The Group's credit risks relate to receivables and cash and
short-term deposits. The maximum credit risk associated
with financial assets corresponds to the values recognised in
the balance sheet.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
142
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
The Group has no material risks relating to individual
customers or business partners. Credit rating is based on an
individual assessment of customers and business partners
and their respective financial situation. The management of
the credit risk is based on internal credit limits determined
according to the customers' credit rating. As a result of
the current market conditions, the Group has amended its
credit limits for a number of customers. If the credit rating
of a customer is assessed as being insufficient, the terms of
payment are amended or security is provided.
The Group's credit exposure to customers is monitored on an
ongoing basis as part of the Group's risk management. Of the
DKK 696.6m in trade receivables DKK 208.0m are credit-in-
sured thus the maximum credit risk was DKK 488.6m at the
balance sheet date.
In general, no security has been received for overdue or
impaired receivables.
Categories of financial instruments, and methods
and assumptions for determining fair values
The carrying amount and fair value of financial instruments
are identical with the exception of loans measured at amor-
tised cost, and where the carrying amount at 31 December
2025 amounts to DKK 1,110.4m (2024: DKK 1,047.9m) incl.
lease liabilities at the end of the year.
The methods and assumptions applied in determining fair
values of financial instruments are presented below for each
4.3 Financial risks (continued)
class of financial instrument. The methods used have not
been changed compared to last year.
The fair value of mortgage debt is determined on the basis
of the underlying bonds. Short-term floating-rate bank loans
are measured at nominal value.
Trade receivables, cash and short-term deposits, and trade
payables are subject to a short credit period and are consid-
ered to have a fair value that corresponds to the carrying
amount. No further fair value information for financial assets
is given when the carrying amount is assumed to be a proper
measure of the fair value of the assets.
Accounting policy
Financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are recognised on the trade
date and measured at fair value in the balance sheet. Positive
and negative fair values of derivative financial instruments
are included in other receivables and other payables, respec-
tively, and the offsetting of positive and negative values is
only made when the company is entitled to and intends to
settle several financial instruments net. Fair values of deriv-
ative financial instruments are calculated on the basis of
current market data and recognised valuation methods.
Hedge accounting is only used in connection with currency
futures.
Notes – Section 4
4.4 Financial income
DKK millions 2025 2024Interest income from current assets 5.0 11.8Foreign exchange gains, net 3.0 0.5Total 8.0 12.3
4.5 Financial expenses
DKK millions 2025 2024Interest expenses on liabilities (34.5) (44.3)Expenses, lease liabilities, external (5.3) (3.3)Other interest expenses (0.7) (0.7)Foreign exchange losses, net 0 0Total (40.5) (48.3)
Accounting policy
Financial income and expenses
Financial income and expenses include interest and realised
and unrealised capital gains and losses, as well as write-
downs on securities and debt, the amortisation of financial
assets and liabilities, including supplements and reimburse-
ments under the advance tax scheme, etc.
Borrowing costs from general or specific loans attributable
to the construction period of qualifying assets are recog-
nised at the cost price of the relevant assets.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
143
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
5.1 Contingent liabilities, security, etc.
5.2 Share based remuneration
5.3 Related parties
5.4 Subsequent events
5.5 New accounting regulation
Notes – Section 5
Other notes
5 Other notes
AO Annual Report 2025 144
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 5 – Other notes
5.1 Contingent liabilities, security, etc.
Land and buildings with a total carrying amount of DKK
752.0m (2024: DKK 763.6m) are provided as security for the
Group's payables to mortgage credit institutions and finance
lease liabilities.
As a normal part of doing business AO can be involved in
disputes or legal proceedings. The outcome of pending legal
actions is not expected to have any material impact on the
financial position of the Group.
The parent company is jointly taxed with AO Workwear
A/S and the ultimate Danish parent company Avenir Invest
ApS, which is the administration company for joint taxation
purposes. The company and therefore the Group is unlimited,
jointly and severally liable with other jointly taxed companies
towards the Danish tax authorities for the total corporation
tax. Payable corporation taxes within the joint taxation
group amounted to DKK -7.0m at 31 December 2025 (2024:
DKK -16.4m).
Any adjustment to the taxable income subject to joint taxa-
tion might entail an increase in the Company's liability.
Group companies are not subject to withholding tax on divi-
dends.
5.2 Share based remuneration
In order to motivate and retain members of the Executive
Board and other managers in the Group, Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S has introduced an incentive programme based
on the shares of the company. The programme is designed
to align the interests of the participants of the share
programme with the interests of the shareholders. The inten-
tion is to promote long-term value creation in the Group.
In 2025 123,939 Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) have been
granted (2024: 0).
The RSUs are measured at fair value at the time of the grant
using a Black & Scholes model. The fair value is recognised as
staff costs and equity on a straight line basis over the vesting
period of 36 months.
The RSUs can only be settled in shares and no subsequent
measurement of the fair value is performed. The vesting
conditions for all RSUs are related to continued employment
with the Group.
Notes – Section 5
Out-Released Granted Out -Fair value Restricted Stock Units standing during during standing at the time Vesting 2025RSUs Jan 1the yearthe yearRSUs Dec 31of the grantdateExecutive BoardGrant 2022 44,370 44,370 0 0 4.4 March 2025Grant 2025 0 0 63,842 63,842 4.9 March 2028Executive Board total 44,370 44,370 63,842 63,842Other employeesGrant 2022 18,468 18,468 0 0 1.8 March 2025Grant 2023 56,935 0 0 56,935 4.4 January 2026Grant 2025 0 0 60,097 60,097 4.6 March 2028Other employees total 75,403 18,468 60,097 117,032Total 119,773 62,838 123,939 180,874
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
145
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 5 – Other notes
5.3 Related parties
The Group's related parties comprise the parent company
Avenir Invest ApS (Axeltorv 2, DK-1607 Copenhagen V,
Denmark), the Board of Directors, the Executive Board and
management employees.
Avenir Invest ApS has control over the company through its
ownership of the majority of the voting rights. During the
year, no transactions were carried out with Avenir Invest ApS
apart from payment of dividends and corporate tax.
During the year, no significant transactions were carried out
with the Board of Directors, the Executive Board, manage-
ment employees or major shareholders apart from normal
management remuneration, cf. note 2.5, and dividend
payments.
5.4 Subsequent events
No events have occurred after 31 December 2025 that are
considered to have a material effect on the annual report for
2025.
Notes – Section 5
5.5 New accounting regulation
At the time of publication of this annual report, IASB has
issued the following new and amended financial reporting
standards and interpretations that are not compulsory for
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S in preparing the annual report
for 2025:
· IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 Financial Instru-
ments: Disclosures
Amendments to the classification and measurements of
financial instruments.
Amendments to "Contract Referencing Nature-
dependent Electricity", which deals with power
purchase agreements.
· IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosures in Financial State-
ments – new IFRS standard for presentation and disclo-
sures in financial statements
· IFRS 19 Non Public Interest Subsidiaries – Disclosures –
new IFRS disclosure standard for entities that are subsidi-
aries of public interest entities
· Annual Improvements Volume 11
None of the standards and interpretations mentioned above
except for IFRS 18 have been adopted by the EU.
The adopted standards and interpretations that have not
yet come into effect will be implemented as they become
compulsory for Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S. It has been
assessed that none of the above-mentioned standards and
interpretations apart from IFRS 18 will affect recognition and
measurement for Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S.
Management is currently assessing the detailed implications of
applying the new IFRS 18 standard on the group’s consolidated
financial statements. Line items presented on the primary
statements might change and there may be a change in
the definition of operating profit. The group does not expect
significant changes in the information currently disclosed in the
notes; however, the way in which the information is grouped
might change. From a cash flow statement perspective, there
will be changes to how interest received and interest paid are
presented. Interest paid will be presented as financing cash
flows and interest received as investing cash flows, which is
a change from current presentation as part of operating cash
flows.
Financial ratio definitions as recommended
by CFA Society Denmark
Gross profit margin
(Gross margin / Revenue) * 100
Profit margin
(Operating profit or loss (EBIT) / Revenue) * 100
Return on capital employed
(EBIT / Average total assets) * 100
Return on equity
(Net profit or loss for the year / Average equity) * 100
Net gearing
(Net interest bearing debt (NIBD) / EBITDA)
Solvency ratio
(Equity / Total assets) * 100
Price Earnings Basic (P/E Basic)
Share price at the end of the year / Earnings per share
Earnings per share (EPS Basic), DKK
Profit after tax / Average number of shares in circulation
Diluted earnings per share (EPS-D), DKK
Profit after tax / Diluted average number of outstanding
share options
Book value
Equity at the end of the year / Average number of shares
in circulation
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Managements statement and Auditor’s reports
146
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 5 – Other notes
Parent company
financial statements
1 Basis of preparation
1.1 Accounting policies
1.2 Significant estimated uncertainties and assump-
tions
2 Income statement
2.1 Cost of sales
2.2 Other operating income
2.3 External expenses
2.4 Staff costs
2.5 Depreciation and amortisation
2.6 Tax on profit or loss for the year
3 Invested capital
3.1 Intangible assets
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
3.4 Investments in subsidiaries
3.5 Inventories
3.6 Trade receivables
3.7 Deferred tax
3.8 Other payables
4 Capital structure and financing
4.1 Equity
4.2 Financing activities
4.3 Financial risks
4.4 Financial income
4.5 Financial expenses
5 Other notes
5.1 Contingent liabilities, security, etc.
5.2 Related parties
5.3 Subsequent events
Primary statements Notes
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Balance sheet as at 31 December
Cash flow statement
Company statement of changes in equity
AO Annual Report 2025 147
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Revenue 5,283.7 4,907.7
Cost of sales 2.1 (4,071.6) (3,824.3)
Gross profit 1,212.1 1,083.4
Other operating income 2.2 1.4 1.3
Gross margin 1,213.5 1,084.7
External expenses 2.3 (321.3) (284.8)
Staff costs 2.4 (566.6) (520.4)
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortisation (EBITDA) 325.6 279.5
Depreciation and amortisation 2.5 (123.7) (153.5)
Operating profit or loss (EBIT) 201.9 126.0
Subsidiaries' profit after tax 3.4 72.9 80.7
Financial income 4.4 4.4 17.3
Financial expenses 4.5 (38.8) (36.4)
Profit or loss before tax (EBT) 240.4 187.6
Tax on profit or loss for the year 2.6 (39.7) (24.2)
Net profit or loss for the year 200.7 163.4
Income statement
For 1 January – 31 December
Sales channels
The Company uses both digital and physical sales channels.
Digital sales channels are defined as sales through websites
and apps. In 2025, sales through digital channels amounted
to DKK 3,302.2m (2024: DKK 2,630.1m), while sales through
physical channels amounted to DKK 1,981.5m (2024: DKK
2,277.6m).
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
148
AO Annual Report 2025
Income statement
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Other comprehensive income
Net profit or loss for the year 200.7 163.4
Items which will be reclassified to the income statement
Foreign currency translation adjustment relating
to foreign entities 8.3 (4.1)
Tax on other comprehensive income 0 0
Other comprehensive income after tax 8.3 (4.1)
Total comprehensive income 209.0 159.4
Statement of comprehensive income
For 1 January – 31 December
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
149
AO Annual Report 2025
Statement of comprehensive Income
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Non-current assets
Intangible assets 3.1
Goodwill 464.8 464.8
Intellectual property rights 37.2 40.7
Software 137.0 104.6
639.0 610.1
Property, plant and equipment 3.2
Land and buildings 984.6 146.7
Leasehold improvements 12.4 16.2
Fixtures and operating equipment 185.3 208.0
Right-of-use assets 3.3 107.8 168.7
1,290.1 539.6
Other non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries 3.4 549.4 675.1
Other investments 0.2 0.2
549.6 675.3
Total non-current assets 2,478.7 1,825.1
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Current assets
Inventories 2.1, 3.5 772.7 721.0
Trade receivables 3.6 647.9 571.6
Receivables from subsidiaries 3.6 0 167.5
Joint tax contribution 17.7 26.3
Other receivables 25.8 31.4
Prepayments and accrued income 20.9 22.3
Cash and short-term deposits 8.1 26.8
Total current assets 1,493.1 1,566.8
Total assets 3,971.8 3,391.9
Balance sheet as at 31 December
Assets
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
150
AO Annual Report 2025
Balance sheet
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Equity 4.1
Share capital 28.0 28.0
Reserve according to the equity method 233.0 284.4
Reserve for development costs 95.3 67.2
Retained earnings 1,206.7 1,072.7
Proposed dividend for the financial year 105.0 84.0
Total equity 1,668.0 1,536.3
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax 3.7 88.8 40.0
Credit institutions 4.2 548.0 306.1
Lease liabilities 3.3, 4.2 74.1 114.9
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities 710.9 461.0
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Current liabilities
Credit institutions 4.2 391.3 263.8
Lease liabilities 3.3, 4.2 38.9 57.2
Trade payables 4.2 1,040.9 979.3
Amounts owed to subsidiaries 68.0 48.3
Provisions for liabilities 0.5 0.5
Other payables 3.8 53.3 45.6
Total current liabilities 1,592.9 1,394.6
Total liabilities 2,303.8 1,855.6
Total equity and liabilities 3,971.8 3,391.9
Contingent liabilities, security, etc. 5.1
Notes without reference 5.2 - 5.3
Balance sheet as at 31 December
Equity and liabilities
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
151
AO Annual Report 2025
Balance sheet
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Cash flow from operating activities
Operating profit or loss (EBIT) 201.9 126.0
Depreciation and amortisation 2.5 123.7 153.5
Other non-cash operating items, net 4.3 3.5
Cash flow from operations before change in working capital 329.9 283.0
Change in inventories (51.7) 2.9
Change in receivables (69.1) (69.1)
Change in trade payables and other current payables 75.1 (9.9)
Change in working capital (45.7) (76.1)
Cash flow from operations 284.2 206.9
Financial income received 4.4 17.3
Financial expenses paid (38.1) (36.4)
Corporation tax paid (30.4) (46.5)
Cash flow from operating activities 220.1 141.4
DKK millions Note 2025 2024
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets (65.7) (44.1)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (123.8) (35.9)
Change in receivables from subsidiaries 48.0 (32.5)
Dividends received 0 14.0
Acquisition of enterprise 0 (263.0)
Cash flow from investing activities (141.4) (361.5)
Cash flow from financing activities
Repayment of debt to credit institutions 25.2 70.5
Raising of loans from credit institutions 0 319.8
Repayment of lease liabilities (40.9) (88.4)
Dividends paid (81.6) (101.9)
Cash flow from financing activities (97. 3) 200.0
Cashflow for the year (18.7) (20.0)
Cash and short-term deposits at beginning of year 26.8 46.8
Cash and short-term deposits at end of year 8.1 26.8
Cash flow statement
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
152
AO Annual Report 2025
Cash flow statement
DKK millions
Share
capital
Equity
method
Reserve for
development
costs
Proposed
dividend for
the year
Retained
earnings Total equity
Equity at 1 January 2025 28.0 284.4 67.2 84.0 1,072.7 1,536.3
Net profit for the year 0 72.9 0 105.0 22.8 200.7
Movement for the year 0 0 28.1 0 (28.1) 0
Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 8.3 0 0 0 8.3
Total comprehensive income 0 81.2 28.1 105.0 (5.3) 209.0
Disposals due to merger 0 (132.6) 0 0 132.6 0
Dividend distribution 0 0 0 (81.6) 0 (81.6)
Dividend treasury shares 0 0 0 (2.4) 2.4 0
Dividend received 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sharebased remuneration 0 0 0 0 4.3 4.3
Total transactions with owners 0 (132.6) 0 (84.0) 139.3 (77.3)
Equity at 31 December 2025 28.0 233.0 95.3 105.0 1,206.7 1,668.0
Equity at 1 January 2024 28.0 221.8 62.9 105.0 1,057.6 1,475.3
Net profit for the year 0 80.7 84.0 (1.3) 163.4
Movement for the year 0 0 4.3 0 (4.3) 0
Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 (4.1) 0 0 0 (4.1)
Total comprehensive income 0 76.6 4.3 84.0 (5.5) 159.4
Dividend distribution 0 0 0 (101.9) 0 (101.9)
Dividend treasury shares 0 0 0 (3.1) 3.1 0
Dividend received 0 (14.0) 0 0 14.0 0
Sharebased remuneration 0 0 0 0 3.5 3.5
Total transactions with owners 0 (14.0) 0 (105.0) 20.6 (98.4)
Equity at 31 December 2024 28.0 284.4 67.2 84.0 1,072.7 1,536.3
Company statement of changes in equity
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
153
AO Annual Report 2025
Company statement of changes in equity
Notes – Section 1
Basis of preparation
1.1 Accounting policies
1.2 Significant estimated uncertainties and assumptions
1 Basis of preparation
AO Annual Report 2025 154
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 1 – Basis of preparation
1.1 Accounting policies
The financial statements of the parent company Brødrene
A & O Johansen A/S for 2024 are presented in accordance
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as
adopted by the EU and additional disclosure requirements in
the Danish Financial Statements Act.
The accounting policies of the parent company remain
unchanged from last year. Significant accounting policies are
identical to those applied by the AO Group except for those
mentioned below. A general description of accounting poli-
cies can be found in note 1.1 of the consolidated financial
statements.
Result of investments in subsidiaries
In the parent company’s income statement, the propor-
tionate share of the individual subsidiaries’ profit/(loss)
after tax is recognised after the full elimination of internal
gains/losses.
Investments in subsidiaries in the parent
company’s financial statements
Investments in subsidiaries are measured according to the
equity method.
Investments in subsidiaries are measured at the propor-
tionate share of the companies’ net worth calculated
according to the Group’s accounting policies with the
addition or deduction of unrealised intra-group profits and
losses, and the addition or deduction of the remaining value
of positive or negative goodwill calculated according to the
acquisition method.
1.2 Significant estimated uncertainties
and assumptions
When calculating the carrying amount of certain assets and
liabilities, estimates are made of how future events affect
the value of these assets and liabilities at the balance sheet
date.
The estimates and assumptions may have a significant
effect on the financial reporting and can be categorised as
significant accounting judgements or significant accounting
estimates and assumptions.
The estimates made are based on historical experience and
other factors that the management considers reasonable
in the circumstances, but which are inherently uncertain
and unpredictable. The assumptions may be incomplete or
inaccurate, and unexpected events or circumstances may
arise. Furthermore, the company is subject to risks and
uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ from
those estimates.
It may be necessary to change previous estimates due to
changes in the circumstances underlying them or due to new
knowledge or subsequent events.
Significant accounting judgements,
estimates and assumptions
Significant accounting estimates and judgements include
assumptions and estimates of the future and other uncer-
tainty, that could potentially affect the company within the
next 12 months. Estimates that are material to the financial
reporting are made, inter alia, by valuing the impairment
testing of goodwill, receivables, and inventories and by
calculating depreciation and impairment.
The following estimates and accompanying assessments are
deemed material for the preparation of the financial state-
ments:
· Impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible
assets
· Valuation of receivables
· Inventory valuation
These estimates and assessments are described in the
following notes:
Note 3.1 Intangible assets
Note 3.5 Inventories
Note 3.6 Trade receivables
Notes – Section 1
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
155
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 1 – Basis of preparation
2.1 Cost of sales
2.2 Other operating income
2.3 External expenses
2.4 Staff costs
2.5 Depreciation and amortisation
2.6 Tax on profit or loss for the year
Notes – Section 2
Income statement
2 Income statement
AO Annual Report 2025 156
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
2.2 Other operating income
The item includes property rental income.
2.3 External expenses
DKK millions 2025 2024
Remuneration for the auditor elected by the annual general meeting:
Total remuneration may be specified as follows:
Statutory audit (1.4) (1.3)
Tax and VAT related advisory services (0.1) (0.1)
Other assurance engagements (0.9) (0.9)
Other services (0.1) (0.1)
Total (2.5) (2.4)
Other assurance engagements' primarily included statutory
limited assurance over the sustainability statements and to
a limited degree assurance services related to WEEE declara-
tion. Tax and VAT related advisory services related to minor
advice on general tax and VAT matters.
2.1 Cost of sales
DKK millions 2025 2024
Cost of goods purchased during the year (3,895.8) (3,599.1)
Distribution costs (220.8) (203.6)
(4,116.6) (3,802.7)
Change in inventories:
Inventory at the beginning of the year 721.0 723.9
Change in cost during the year 4.3 13.9
Inventory writedown, net 2.4 4.7
Inventory at the end of the year 772.7 721.0
Change in inventory for the year 45.0 (21.6)
Cost of sales for the year (4,071.6) (3,824.3)
Notes – Section 2
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
157
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
2.4 Staff costs
DKK millions 2025 2024
Wages and salaries (462.2) (427.7)
Pension contributions (40.6) (37.4)
Share-based remuneration (4.4) (3.5)
Other social security costs (6.7) (5.8)
Other staff expenses (3.3) (3.3)
Staff costs excl. temporary employees (517.2) (477.7)
Wages temporary employees (49.5) (42.7)
Staff costs total (566.7) (520.4)
Wages and salaries include remuneration for:
Board of Directors (4.0) (2.6)
Board of Directors total (4.0) (2.6)
Executive Board (28.3) (25.4)
Share-based remuneration (1.5) (1.2)
Pension contributions (1.6) (1.6)
Benefits (0.6) (0.6)
Executive Board total (32.0) (28.8)
Board of Directors and Executive Board total (36.0) (31.4)
Average number of full-time employees incl. temporary employees 915 884
Average number of full-time employees 841 815
The Company only has defined contribution plans.
Notes – Section 2
2.5 Depreciation and amortisation
DKK millions 2025 2024
Intangible assets (35.4) (25.8)
Property, plant and equipment (49.6) (39.7)
Right-of-use assets, external (39.7) (38.6)
Right-of-use assets, subsidiaries 0 (49.8)
Gains/losses from the disposal of assets 1.0 0.4
Total 123.7 (153.5)
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
158
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
2.6 Tax on profit or loss for the year
DKK millions 2025 2024
Current tax for the year (27.3) (16.1)
Adjustment related to previous years (1.7) (0.5)
(29.0) (16.6)
Adjustment of deferred tax for the year (10.7) (7.3)
Adjustment of deferred tax for previous years 0 (0.3)
Total (39.7) (24.2)
Tax on profit/loss for the year can be explained as follows:
Calculated tax on profit/loss before tax, not incl. subsidiaries' profits 37.2 23.5
Tax effect of:
Non-taxable income (0.5) (0.7)
Other non-deductible costs 1.3 0.6
Adjustment of tax for previous years 1.7 0.8
39.7 24.2
Effective tax rate 23.7% 22.2%
Taxes paid during the financial year (30.4) (46.5)
Notes – Section 2
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
159
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 2 – Income statement
3.1 Intangible assets
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
3.4 Investments in subsidiaries
3.5 Inventories
3.6 Trade receivables
3.7 Deferred tax
3.8 Other payables
Notes – Section 3
Invested capital
3 Invested capital
AO Annual Report 2025 160
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.1 Intangible assets
DKK millions Goodwill
Intellectual
property
rights Software
Cost at 1 January 2025 464.8 68.5 333.1
Additions during the year 0 0 65.7
Disposals during the year 0 0 (1.4)
Cost at 31 December 2025 464.8 68.5 397.4
Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2025 0 (27.8) (228.4)
Amortisation and depreciation for the year 0 (3.5) (31.9)
Disposals during the year 0 0 0
Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2025 0 (31.3) (260.3)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 464.8 37.2 136.9
DKK millions Goodwill
Intellectual
property
rights Software
Cost at 1 January 2024 464.8 68.5 330.4
Additions during the year 0 0 44.1
Disposals during the year 0 0 (41.4)
Cost at 31 December 2024 464.8 68.5 333.1
Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2024 0 (24.3) (247.5)
Amortisation and depreciation for the year 0 (3.5) (22.4)
Disposals during the year 0 0 41.4
Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2024 0 (27.8) (228.4)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 464.8 40.7 104.6
Apart from goodwill, all intangible assets are considered to
have definite useful lives. No significant changes have been
made in estimates relating to intangible assets. Intellectual
property rights relate to Billig VVS', Greenline's, LampeGu-
ru's and EA Værkj's trademarks, domain names, etc.
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
161
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.1 Intangible assets (continued)
Development costs
Development costs are included in "Software". The net value
of capitalised development costs may be illustrated as
follows:
DKK millions 2025 2024
Company Completed
Work in
progress Completed
Work in
progress
Cost at 1 January 167.0 32.2 162.2 36.8
Additions during the year 0.5 65.1 0 47.5
Transfer 51.8 (53.2) 47. 9 (52.1)
Disposals 0 0 (43.1) 0
Cost at 31 December 219.3 44.1 167.0 32.2
Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January (113.1) 0 (118.3) 0
Amortisation and depreciation for the year (28.1) 0 (23.1) 0
Transfer 0 0 (12.3) 0
Amortisation and depreciation related to disposals 0 0 40.7 0
Amortisation and depreciation
at 31 December (141.2) 0 (113.1) 0
Carrying amount at 31 December 78.1 44.1 53.9 32.2
Accounting policy
Impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets
In the annual impairment tests of intangible assets,
including goodwill and rights, estimates are made of how
the parts of the business (cash-generating units) to which
goodwill and rights are attributed will be able to generate
sufficient positive net cash flows in the future to support the
value of the goodwill and rights.
Due to the nature of the business, expected cash flows must
be estimated for many years to come, leading to some uncer-
tainty. This uncertainty is reflected by the chosen discount
rate.
Impairment testing has been described in note 3.1 of the
consolidated financial statements.
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
162
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
DKK millions
Land and
buildings
Leasehold
improve-
ments
Fixtures and
operating
equipment
Cost at 1 January 2025 205.3 31.8 565.2
Changes due to merger 925.3 0 0
Additions during the year 113.8 3.6 6.4
Disposals during the year 0 (0.4) (4.4)
Change of classification 0 (11.5) 11.5
Cost at 31 December 2025 1,244.4 23.5 578.7
Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2025 (58.6) (15.6) (357.2)
Changes due to merger (187.7) 0 0
Change of classification 0 6.2 (6.2)
Amortisation and depreciation for the year (13.5) (2.1) (33.9)
Disposals during the year 0 0.4 4.0
Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2025 (259.8) (11.1) (393.3)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 984.6 12.4 185.4
DKK millions
Land and
buildings
Leasehold
improve-
ments
Fixtures and
operating
equipment
Cost at 1 January 2024 195.2 34.2 588.9
Additions during the year 10.2 3.8 21.9
Disposals during the year (0.1) (6.2) (45.6)
Cost at 31 December 2024 205.3 31.8 565.2
Amortisation and depreciation at 1 January 2024 (56.4) (17.7) (369.2)
Amortisation and depreciation for the year (2.4) (4.0) (33.2)
Disposals during the year 0.2 6.2 45.2
Amortisation and depreciation at 31 December 2024 (58.6) (15.6) (357.2)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 146.7 16.2 208.0
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
163
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.3 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets
Land and
buildings
Fixtures and
operating
equipment Total
Balance at 1 January 2025 122.1 46.6 168.7
Additions during the year 2.6 18.6 21.2
Disposals during the year (66.3) (0.5) (66.8)
Remeasurement of lease liability 24.2 0.3 24.5
Amortisation and depreciation for the year (22.0) (17.7) (39.7)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2025 60.6 47.3 107.9
Right-of-use assets
Land and
buildings
Fixtures and
operating
equipment Total
Balance at 1 January 2024 157.1 38.9 196.0
Additions during the year 30.5 23.8 54.3
Disposals during the year (1.2) (0.8) (2.0)
Remeasurement of lease liability 8.0 0.8 8.8
Amortisation and depreciation for the year (72.3) (16.1) (88.4)
Carrying amount at 31 December 2024 122.1 46.6 168.7
Lease liabilities 2025 2024
Maturity of lease liabilities
0-1 year 40.2 57. 9
1-5 years 68.5 98.1
>5 years 15.0 30.9
Total un-discounted lease liabilities at 31 December 123.7 186.8
Short-term lease liabilities, less than 1 year 38.9 57. 8
Long-term lease liabilities, more than 1 year 74.1 114.3
Lease liabilities recognised in the balance sheet 113.0 172.1
Amounts recognised in the income statement
Interest expenses on lease liabilities (4.1) (5.1)
Expenses related to low value leasing arrangements (0.1) (0.2)
Expenses related to short term leasing arrangements (0.3 (1.0)
Depreciation related to right-of-use assets (41.0) (85.2)
Total (45.5) (91.5)
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
164
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.4 Investments in subsidiaries
DKK millions 2025 2024
Cost at 1 January 390.7 127.6
Additions during the year 0 263.1
Disposal due to merger (74.3) 0
Cost at 31 December 316.4 390.7
Value adjustment at 1 January 284.4 221.8
Disposal due to merger (132.6) 0
Dividends 0 (14.0)
Forign currency translation adjustments 8.3 (4.1)
Subsidiaries' results 72.9 80.7
Value adjustment at 31 December 233.0 284.4
Carrying amount at 31 December 549.4 675.1
2025 2024
Name Registered office
Ownership
interest
Ownership
interest
AO Invest A/S* Denmark N/A 100%
AO Sverige AB Sweden 100% 100%
VVSochBAD Sverige AB Sweden 100% 100%
Billig VVS AS* Norway N/A 100%
LampeGuru AS* Norway N/A 100%
Designkupp AS Norway 100% 100%
AO Workwear A/S Denmark 100% 100%
* Merged with other Group companies in 2025.
3.5 Inventories
DKK millions 2025 2024
Carrying amount of inventories recognised at net selling price 33.7 32.3
Accounting policy
Inventories
The estimated uncertainty of inventories relates primarily to
slow-moving goods and thus to impairment to the net realis-
able value.
Impairment requirements are continuously assessed on
inventories based on historical sales and the assessment of
future sales.
Key accounting judgments and estimates
Supplier bonus
Reporting from suppliers as well as AOs own records are
used when assessing the supplier bonus that is due to AO.
Estimates are used when reporting from suppliers have not
been received or when the reporting from suppliers do not
reconcile with AO’s records. Ongoing retrospective reviews
are performed to ensure that supplier bonus is included
correctly in the financial statements.
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
165
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.6 Trade receivables
Trade receivables consist of sale of goods to business
customers which, in essence, have the same risk profile.
Provisions for bad debts are made in accordance with the
simplified expected credit loss model, taking into account
AO's credit policy and debt collection procedure. AO has
taken up credit insurance on customers with large balances.
Historically, the Company has incurred no losses on receiva-
bles from subsidiaries, and is not expected to going forward.
Calculated on the basis of a weighted loss ratio, the expected
credit losses on trade receivables are as follows:
DKK millions Loss ratio
Receivable
amount
Expected
loss Total
2025
Not yet due 0.1% 613.7 (0.9) 612.8
Due within 1-30 days 1.7% 22.1 (0.4) 21.7
Due within 31-60 days 7.0% 2.2 (0.2) 2.0
Due in more than 60 days 73.9% 43.4 (32.1) 11.3
Total at 31 December 2025 681.4 (33.6) 6 47.8
2024
Not yet due 0.4% 547.2 (2.4) 544.7
Due within 1-30 days 1.8% 15.4 (0.3) 15.2
Due within 31-60 days 34.8% 2.7 (0.9) 1.7
Due in more than 60 days 73.0% 37.1 (27.1) 10.0
Total at 31 December 2024 602.4 (30.7) 571.6
* Expected losses are shown including VAT.
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
166
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.6 Trade receivables (continued)
DKK millions 2025 2024
Provision for losses on receivables:
Provision for losses on receivables at 1 January excl. VAT 24.7 33.5
Realised loss during the year - use of previous provision (4.7) (14.5)
Adjustment of provisions for losses 7.0 5.7
Provision for losses on receivables at 31 December 27.0 24.7
Recognised previously written-off receivables (0.3) (0.3)
Losses recognised in the year and not previously provided for (0.1) 0
Operating effect, net from loss and provision for losses on receivables 6.6 5.4
Accounting policy
Receivables
Estimates are used when assessing the probability of receiv-
ables. Due to the financial situation in society, the risk of
losses on doubtful receivables remains high, which has been
taken into account when assessing new customers, by way
of impairment losses at the balance sheet date, and in the
day-to-day governance and control of the receivables.
Customer bonus
Estimates are used in relation to the determination of the
bonus levels reached on bonus agreements with a duration
of more than one year. The applied estimates are reviewed on
an ongoing basis to ensure a correct valuation of bonus due
to customers.
3.7 Deferred tax
DKK millions 2025 2024
Deferred tax at 1 January 39.9 32.4
Foreign currency translation adjustment 0 0
Merger / acquisition of enterprise 38.2 0
Change in deferred tax for the year 10.7 7.3
Change in deferred tax relating to previous years 0 (0.3)
Deferred tax at 31 December 88.8 40.0
Deferred tax relates to:
Intangible assets 46.4 31.7
Property, plant and equipment 49.8 14.4
Receivables (3.7) (4.1)
Liabilities (3.7) (2.0)
Tax deficit 0 0
Deferred tax at the end of the year 88.8 40.0
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
167
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
3.8 Other payables
DKK millions 2025 2024
Holiday allowance 22.8 19.7
Salary-related items 13.2 12.1
VAT and taxes 5.4 10.7
Other payables 11.8 3.1
Total 53.3 45.6
Notes – Section 3
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
168
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 3 – Invested capital
4.1 Equity
4.2 Financing activities
4.3 Financial risks
4.4 Financial income
4.5 Financial expenses
Notes – Section 4
Capital structure
and financing
4 Capital structure and financing
AO Annual Report 2025 169
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
4.1 Equity
Share capital
The share capital consists of the following classes:
k DKK
Class A-share capital:
56,400 shares of DKK 100 each 5,640
Class B-share capital:
22,360,000 shares of DKK 1 each 22,360
Total share capital 28,000
Of the Company's share capital of DKK 28,000k DKK 5,640k
is in the form of Class A-shares and DKK 22,360k is in the
form of Class B-shares. Each A-share of DKK 100 carries
1,000 votes whereas each Class B-share of DKK 1 carries one
vote. In addition to the the difference in the number of voting
rights, the two share classes differ in the following respects:
The Class A-shares are non-negotiable securities. The
Class B-shares are listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen. The
Class B-share capital has a preferential dividend right of
6%. In case of liquidation, Class B-shares take precedence
over Class A-shares. As at December 31 2025 there are no
outstanding obligations related to preferential dividends to
Class B-shares.
Notes – Section 4
An alteration to the Company's Articles of Association
requires that two thirds of cast votes and two thirds of the
represented capital at a general meeting are in favour of the
alteration.
Holders of Class B-shares are entitled to appoint and elect
one member of the Board of Directors, while holders of Class
A-shares elect the remaining Board members.
Number of shares
Nomimal value
(DKK thousands) % of share capital
Treasury shares 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024
1 January 823,900 823,900 824 824 2.9% 2.9%
Holding at 31 December 761,062 823,900 761 824 2.7% 2.9%
In 2025, treasury shares were used to settle share awards
under the RSU programme. Pursuant to the authorisation
granted by the Annual General Meeting, Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S is permitted to acquire treasury shares up to a
total holding of 10% of the share capital.
Dividend
The payment of dividends to the Company's shareholders
has no tax implication for Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S.
Proposed dividend for 2025 amounts to TDKK 105,000 corre-
sponding to DKK 3.75 per share.
Other reserves
Reserve for net revaluation according to the equity method
contains value adjustments related to investments in
subsidiaries. Included in reserve for development costs is
an amount corresponding to capitalised intangible assets
meeting the criteria for being defined as a development
project.
Reserve for net revaluation according to the equity method
and reserve for development costs are unavailable for distri-
bution to shareholders.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
170
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
4.2 Financing activities
DKK millions 2025 2024
Mortgage loans - floating interest rate - 5 years 405.2 85.7
Revolving credit facility - floating short-term interest rate 534.2 484.2
Lease liabilities - floating interest rate 112.9 172.1
1,052.3 742.0
Payables relating to financing activities:
Beginning-of-year 742.0 378.9
Repayment of debt to credit institutions 25.3 390.3
Raising of loans from credit institutions 344.2 0
Addition, lease liabilities, net (18.2) 61.2
Repayment, lease liabilities (41.0) (88.4)
Year-end 1,052.3 742.0
According to the leases there are no contingent rents. The
contractual cash flows appear from note 4.3.
Notes – Section 4
4.3 Financial risks
The companys payables fall due as follows:
DKK millions
Carrying
amount
Contractual
cash flows
Less than
1 year
1 to
5 years
More than
5 years
2025
Mortgage loans 405.2 510.3 37.3 148.1 324.9
Revolving credit facility 534.2 534.2 366.5 167.7 0
Lease liabilities 112.9 123.7 40.2 68.5 15.0
Trade payables 1,040.9 1,040.9 1,040.9 0 0
Intra-group balances 67.9 67. 9 0 67.9 0
31 December 2,161.1 2,277.0 1,484.9 452.2 339.9
2024
Mortgage loans 85.7 109.9 7.8 30.9 71.3
Revolving credit facility 484.2 484.2 258.4 225.8 0
Lease liabilities 172.1 186.8 57.9 98.1 30.9
Trade payables 979.3 979.3 979.3 0 0
Intra-group balances 48.3 48.3 0 48.3 0
31 December 1,769.6 1,808.5 1,303.3 403.1 102.1
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
171
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
4.4 Financial income
DKK millions 2025 2024
Interest income from current assets 3.7 10.2
Interest income from subsidiaries 0 5.9
Foreign exchange gains, net 0.8 1.3
Total 4.4 17.4
4.5 Financial expenses
DKK millions 2025 2024
Interest expenses on liabilities (34.1) (31.3)
Expenses, lease liabilities, external (3.5) (2.4)
Expenses, lease liabilities, subsidiaries (0.6) (2.6)
Other interest expenses (0.6) (0.1)
Total (38.8) (36.4)
Notes – Section 4
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
172
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes Section 4 Capital structure and financing
5.1 Contingent liabilities, security, etc.
5.2 Related parties
5.3 Subsequent events
Notes – Section 5
Other notes
5 Other notes
AO Annual Report 2025 173
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports Notes – Section 5 – Other notes
5.1 Contingent liabilities, security, etc.
Land and buildings with a total carrying amount of DKK
752.0m (2024: DKK 106.1m) are provided as security for the
Company's payables to mortgage credit institutions and
finance lease liabilities.
As a normal part of doing business AO can be involved in
disputes or legal proceedings. The outcome of pending legal
actions is not expected to have any material impact on the
financial position of the Company.
The company is jointly taxed with AO Workwear A/S and the
ultimate Danish parent company Avenir Invest ApS, which is
the administration company for joint taxation purposes. The
company is unlimited, jointly and severally liable with other
jointly taxed companies towards the Danish tax authorities
for the total corporation tax. Payable corporation taxes
within the joint taxation group amounted to DKK -7.0m at 31
December 2025 (2024: DKK -16.4m).
Any adjustment to the taxable income subject to joint taxa-
tion might entail an increase in the Company's liability.
Group companies are not subject to withholding tax on divi-
dends. Transactions appear from note 5.2.
The company manages cash pooling for the Group entities
and is jointly and severally liable for this. At 31 December
2025, the cash-pool arrangement amounts to DKK 46.4m
(2024: DKK 43.9m).
5.2 Related parties
The Company's related parties comprise the parent company
Avenir Invest ApS (Axeltorv 2, DK-1607 Copenhagen V,
Denmark), the Board of Directors, the Executive Board and
management employees.
Avenir Invest ApS has control over the company through its
ownership of the majority of the voting rights. During the
year, no transactions were carried out with Avenir Invest ApS
apart from payment of dividends and corporate tax.
Notes – Section 5
During the year, no significant transactions were carried out
with the Board of Directors, the Executive Board, manage-
ment employees or major shareholders apart from normal
management remuneration, cf. note 2.4, and dividend
payments.
In addition, related parties are the Company's subsidiaries to
whom letters of subordination have been submitted. Trading
with subsidiaries comprises the following:
DKK millions 2025 2024
Sale of goods 143.0 114.1
Rental expenses 0.0 53.1
Management fee 3.1 5.1
Transactions with subsidiaries are eliminated in the
consolidated financial statements in accordance with the
accounting policies.
The Company's balances with subsidiaries at 31 December
can be seen in the balance sheet. Balances with subsidiaries
comprise ordinary trading balances related to the sale of
goods. Ordinary trading balances attract no interest and
are subject to the same terms of trade as other customers of
the Company. Balances with subsidiaries also comprise the
construction and conversion of buildings. Return on balances
appears from notes 4.4 and 4.5.
As the Company is jointly taxed with other Danish Group enti-
ties, it is liable to pay taxes of DKK 7.8m (2024: DKK -26.3m).
5.3 Subsequent events
No events have occurred after 31 December 2025 that are
considered to have a material effect on the annual report for
2025.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
174
AO Annual Report 2025
Notes – Section 5 – Other notes
Managements statement and Auditors reports
176 Management’s statement
177 Independent Auditors Reports
180 Independent Auditor's limited assurance report on the
Sustainability Statement
AO Annual Report 2025 175
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
Managements statement
The Board of Directors and Executive Board have today
considered and adopted the Annual Report of Brødrene
A & O Johansen A/S for the financial year 1 January – 31
December 2025.
The Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent
Company Financial Statements have been prepared in
accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted
by the EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial
Statements Act. Management’s Review has been prepared
in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements and
the Parent Company Financial Statements give a true and
fair view of the financial position at 31 December 2025 of
the Group and the Parent Company and of the results of the
Group and Parent Company operations and cash flows for
2025.
In our opinion, Managements Review includes a fair
review of the development in the operations and financial
circumstances of the Group and the Parent Company, of
the results for the year and of the financial position of the
Group and the Parent Company as well as a description
of the most significant risks and elements of uncertainty,
which the Group and the Parent Company are facing.
Additionally, the sustainability statement, which is part of
Management’s Review, has been prepared, in all material
respects, in accordance with paragraph 99 a of the Danish
Financial Statements Act. This includes compliance with
the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS)
including that the process undertaken by Management
to identify the reported information (the “Process”) is in
accordance with the description set out in the section titled
Double Materiality Assessment. Furthermore, disclosures
within EU Taxonomy section of the sustainability statement
are, in all material respects, in accordance with Article 8 of
EU Regulation 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regulation”).
The sustainability statement includes forward-looking
statements based on disclosed assumptions about events
that may occur in the future and possible future actions by
the Group. Actual outcomes are likely to be different since
anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected.
In our opinion, the annual report of Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31
December 2025 with the file name 5299004B6ZEG-
VCR9ZR75-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material
respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation.
We recommend that the Annual Report be adopted at the
Annual General Meeting.
Albertslund, 26 February 2026
Executive Board
Niels A. Johansen Per Toelstang
CEO CFO/Deputy CEO
Stefan Funch Jensen Lili Johansen
CTO CHRO
Board of Directors
Henning Dyremose Erik Holm
Chair Deputy Chair
René Alberg Ann Fogelgren Peter Gath
Leif Hummel Marlene L. Jakobsen Niels A. Johansen
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
176
AO Annual Report 2025
Consolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports Management’s statement
Independent Auditors Reports
Report on the audit of
the Financial Statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the Parent Company Financial Statements give
a true and fair view of the Group’s and the Parent
Company’s financial position at 31 December 2025 and
of the results of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s
operations and cash flows for the financial year 1
January to 31 December 2025 in accordance with IFRS
Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and further
requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act.
Our opinion is consistent with our Auditor’s Long-
form Report to the Audit Committee and the Board of
Directors.
What we have audited
The Consolidated Financial Statements and Parent
Company Financial Statements of Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31
December 2025 comprise income statement and
statement of comprehensive income, balance sheet,
statement of changes in equity, cash flow statement and
notes, including material accounting policy information
for the Group as well as for the Parent Company.
Collectively referred to as the “Financial Statements”.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and the additional
requirements applicable in Denmark. Our responsibilities
under those standards and requirements are further
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of
the Financial Statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance
with the International Ethics Standards Board
for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) as applicable
to audits of financial statements of public interest
entities, and the additional ethical requirements
applicable in Denmark. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these
requirements and the IESBA Code.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, prohibited
non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of
Regulation (EU) No 537/2014 were not provided.
Appointment
We were first appointed auditors of Bdrene A &
O Johansen A/S on 19 March 2021 for the financial
year 2021. We have been reappointed annually
by shareholder resolution for a total period of
uninterrupted engagement of 5 years including the
financial year 2025.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our
professional judgement, were of most significance
in our audit of the Financial Statements for 2025.
These matters were addressed in the context of our
audit of the Financial Statements as a whole, and in
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide
a separate opinion on these matters.
To the shareholders of
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S
Key audit matter
Recognition of revenue
Revenue is measured at fair value of the consideration
agreed exclusive of VAT and duties and after deduction of
discounts and customer bonus.
We focused on revenue recognition because revenue is the
most significant financial statement line item, consists of a
large number of IT-dependent transactions and is based on
many individual contracts.
We refer to note 2.1 of the Financial Statements.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We carried out risk assessment procedures to gain an
understanding of relevant IT systems, business procedures
and controls for revenue recognition, including customer
bonus. For relevant controls we assessed whether they were
designed and implemented to effectively address the risk of
material misstatement.
For selected controls, which we planned to rely on in our
audit, we tested whether they had been carried out on a
consistent basis.
We analysed revenue transactions and identified transac-
tions that did not follow the usual or expected transaction
pattern. On a sample basis we tested the transactions to the
underlying contractual basis.
We performed analytical procedures over revenue and
discussed significant fluctuations with management and
obtained corroborating evidence of material fluctuations,
where deemed necessary.
We reviewed Management's calculation of customer bonus
and on sample basis tested it to the underlying contracts as
well as to subsequent and historical settlements.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
177
AO Annual Report 2025
Independent Auditor’s reportConsolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
Statement on Managements Review
Management is responsible for Management’s Review.
Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover
Management’s Review, and we do not as part of the audit
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements,
our responsibility is to read Management’s Review and,
in doing so, consider whether Management’s Review is
materially inconsistent with the Financial Statements
or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise
appears to be materially misstated.
Moreover, we considered whether Managements Review
includes the disclosures required by the Danish Financial
Statements Act. This does not include the requirements
in paragraph 99 a related to the sustainability statement
covered by the separate auditor’s limited assurance
report hereon.
Based on the work we have performed, in our view,
Management’s Review is in accordance with the Consol-
idated Financial Statements and the Parent Company
Financial Statements and has been prepared in accord-
ance with the requirements of the Danish Financial State-
ments Act, except for the requirements in paragraph 99 a
related to the sustainability statement, cf. above. We did
not identify any material misstatement in Management’s
Review.
Managements responsibilities for
the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation of
consolidated financial statements and parent company
financial statements that give a true and fair view in
accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted
by the EU and further requirements in the Danish
Financial Statements Act, and for such internal control
as Management determines is necessary to enable the
preparation of financial statements that are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the Financial Statements, Manage-
ment is responsible for assessing the Group’s and
the Parent Companys ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related
to going concern and using the going concern basis
of accounting unless Management either intends to
liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease
operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit
of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the Financial Statements as a whole are free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our
opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assur-
ance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in
accordance with ISAs and the additional requirements
applicable in Denmark will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise
from fraud or error and are considered material if, indi-
vidually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence the economic decisions of users
taken on the basis of these Financial Statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs and the
additional requirements applicable in Denmark, we exer-
cise professional judgement and maintain professional
scepticism throughout the audit. We also:
· Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement
of the Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or
error, design and perform audit procedures respon-
sive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstate-
ment resulting from fraud is higher than for one
resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion,
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or
the override of internal control.
· Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant
to the audit in order to design audit procedures that
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness
of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s internal
control.
· Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies
used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates
and related disclosures made by Management.
· Conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s
use of the going concern basis of accounting and
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether
a material uncertainty exists related to events or
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the
Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue
as a going concern. If we conclude that a material
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention
in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in
the Financial Statements or, if such disclosures are
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions
are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the
date of our auditors report. However, future events
or conditions may cause the Group or the Parent
Company to cease to continue as a going concern.
· Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and
content of the Financial Statements, including the
disclosures, and whether the Financial Statements
represent the underlying transactions and events in a
manner that gives a true and fair view.
· Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient
appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial
information of the entities or business units within
the group as a basis for forming an opinion on the
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent
Company Financial Statements. We are responsible for
the direction, supervision and review of the audit work
performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain
solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance
regarding, among other matters, the planned scope
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings,
including any significant deficiencies in internal control
that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a
statement that we have complied with relevant ethical
requirements regarding independence, and to commu-
nicate with them all relationships and other matters that
may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence
and, where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats
or safeguards applied.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
178
AO Annual Report 2025
Independent Auditor’s reportConsolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
From the matters communicated with those charged
with governance, we determine those matters that were
of most significance in the audit of the Financial State-
ments of the current period and are therefore the key
audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclo-
sure about the matter.
Report on compliance
with the ESEF Regulation
As part of our audit of the Financial Statements we
performed procedures to express an opinion on whether
the annual report of Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S for
the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with
the filename 5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR75-2025-12-31-en.
zip is prepared, in all material respects, in compli-
ance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU)
2019/815 on the European Single Electronic Format
(ESEF Regulation) which includes requirements related
to the preparation of the annual report in XHTML format
and iXBRL tagging of the Consolidated Financial State-
ments including notes.
Management is responsible for preparing an annual
report that complies with the ESEF Regulation. This
responsibility includes:
· The preparing of the annual report in XHTML format;
· The selection and application of appropriate iXBRL
tags, including extensions to the ESEF taxonomy and
the anchoring thereof to elements in the taxonomy, for
all financial information required to be tagged using
judgement where necessary;
· Ensuring consistency between iXBRL tagged data and
the Consolidated Financial Statements presented in
human-readable format; and
· For such internal control as Management determines
necessary to enable the preparation of an annual
report that is compliant with the ESEF Regulation.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on
whether the annual report is prepared, in all material
respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation based
on the evidence we have obtained, and to issue a report
that includes our opinion. The nature, timing and extent
of procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judge-
ment, including the assessment of the risks of material
departures from the requirements set out in the ESEF
Regulation, whether due to fraud or error. The procedures
include:
· Testing whether the annual report is prepared in
XHTML format;
· Obtaining an understanding of the company’s iXBRL
tagging process and of internal control over the
tagging process;
· Evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging
of the Consolidated Financial Statements including
notes;
· Evaluating the appropriateness of the company’s use
of iXBRL elements selected from the ESEF taxonomy
and the creation of extension elements where no
suitable element in the ESEF taxonomy has been
identified;
· Evaluating the use of anchoring of extension elements
to elements in the ESEF taxonomy; and
· Reconciling the iXBRL tagged data with the audited
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In our opinion, the annual report of Brødrene A & O
Johansen A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31
December 2025 with the file name 5299004B6ZEG-
VCR9ZR75-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material
respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation.
Hellerup, 26 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no 3377 1231
Anders Stig Lauritsen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne32800
Daniel Sitch
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne47889
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
179
AO Annual Report 2025
Independent Auditor’s reportConsolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
Independent Auditor's limited assurance
report on the Sustainability Statement
Limited assurance conclusion
We have conducted a limited assurance engagement on
the sustainability statement of Brødrene A & O Johansen
A/S (the Group) included in the Managements review
(the “Sustainability Statement”), page 40 – 103, for the
financial year 1 January – 31 December 2025.
Based on the procedures we have performed and the
evidence we have obtained, nothing has come to our
attention that causes us to believe that the Sustainability
Statement is not prepared, in all material respects, in
accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act
paragraph 99 a, including:
· compliance with the European Sustainability
Reporting Standards (ESRS), including that the
process carried out by the management to identify the
information reported in the Sustainability Statement
(the “Process”) is in accordance with the description
set out in Double Materiality Assessment; and
· compliance of the disclosures in EU Taxonomy of the
Sustainability Statement with Article 8 of EU Regula-
tion 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regulation”).
Basis for conclusion
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in
accordance with International Standard on Assurance
Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised), Assurance engage-
ments other than audits or reviews of historical financial
information (“ISAE 3000 (Revised)”) and the additional
requirements applicable in Denmark.
The procedures in a limited assurance engagement vary
in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than
for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently,
the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance
engagement is substantially lower than the assurance
that would have been obtained had a reasonable assur-
ance engagement been performed.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
conclusion. Our responsibilities under this standard are
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the
assurance engagement section of our report.
Our independence and quality management
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the
International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’
International Code of Ethics for Professional Account-
ants (IESBA Code) and the additional ethical require-
ments applicable in Denmark. We have also fulfilled our
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these
requirements and the IESBA Code.
Our firm applies International Standard on Quality
Management 1, which requires the firm to design,
implement and operate a system of quality management
including policies or procedures regarding compliance
with ethical requirements, professional standards and
applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Managements responsibilities for
the Sustainability Statement
Management is responsible for designing and imple-
menting a process to identify the information reported
in the Sustainability Statement in accordance with
the ESRS and for disclosing this Process as included
in Double Materiality Asessment of the Sustainability
Statement. This responsibility includes:
· understanding the context in which the Groups’ activ-
ities and business relationships take place and devel-
oping an understanding of its affected stakeholders;
· the identification of the actual and potential impacts
(both negative and positive) related to sustainability
matters, as well as risks and opportunities that affect,
or could reasonably be expected to affect, the Group’s
financial position, financial performance, cash flows,
access to finance or cost of capital over the short-,
medium-, or long-term;
· the assessment of the materiality of the identified
impacts, risks and opportunities related to sustaina-
To the shareholders of
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
180
AO Annual Report 2025
Independent Auditor's limited assurance report on the Sustainability StatementConsolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
bility matters by selecting and applying appropriate
thresholds; and
· making assumptions that are reasonable in the circum-
stances.
Management is further responsible for the preparation
of the Sustainability Statement, which includes the
information identified by the Process, in accordance with
the Danish Financial Statements Act paragraph 99 a,
including:
· compliance with the ESRS;
· preparing the disclosures as included in the section EU
Taxonomy of the Sustainability Statement, in compli-
ance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation;
· designing, implementing and maintaining such internal
control that management determines is necessary to
enable the preparation of the Sustainability Statement
that is free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error; and
· the selection and application of appropriate sustaina-
bility reporting methods and making assumptions and
estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Inherent limitations in preparing
the Sustainability Statement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance
with ESRS, management is required to prepare the
forward-looking information on the basis of disclosed
assumptions about events that may occur in the future
and possible future actions by the Group. Actual
outcomes are likely to be different since anticipated
events frequently do not occur as expected.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the
assurance engagement
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the assur-
ance engagement to obtain limited assurance about
whether the Sustainability Statement is free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,
and to issue a limited assurance report that includes
our conclusion. Misstatements can arise from fraud or
error and are considered material if, individually or in
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to
influence decisions of users taken on the basis of the
Sustainability Statement as a whole.
As part of a limited assurance engagement in accord-
ance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) we exercise professional
judgement and maintain professional scepticism
throughout the engagement.
Our responsibilities in respect of the Process include:
· Obtaining an understanding of the Process, but not for
the purpose of providing a conclusion on the effec-
tiveness of the Process, including the outcome of the
Process;
· Considering whether the information identified
addresses the applicable disclosure requirements of
the ESRS; and
· Designing and performing procedures to evaluate
whether the Process is consistent with the Group’s
description of its Process, as disclosed in the section
Double Materiality Assessment.
Our other responsibilities in respect of the Sustainability
Statement include:
· Identifying where material misstatements are likely to
arise, whether due to fraud or error; and
· Designing and performing procedures responsive to
disclosures in the Sustainability Statement where
material misstatements are likely to arise. The risk of
not detecting a material misstatement resulting from
fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as
fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omis-
sions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal
control.
Summary of the work performed
A limited assurance engagement involves performing
procedures to obtain evidence about the Sustainability
Statement. The nature, timing and extent of procedures
selected depend on professional judgement, including
the identification of disclosures where material misstate-
ments are likely to arise, whether due to fraud or error, in
the Sustainability Statement.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with
respect to the Process, we:
· Obtained an understanding of the Process by
performing inquiries to understand the sources of the
information used by management; and reviewing the
Group’s internal documentation of its Process; and
· Evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our
procedures about the Process implemented by the
Group was consistent with the description of the
Process set out in the section Double Materiality
Assessment.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with
respect to the Sustainability Statement, we:
· Obtained an understanding of the Group’s reporting
processes relevant to the preparation of its Sustain-
ability Statement including the consolidation
processes by obtaining an understanding of the
Group’s control environment, processes and infor-
mation systems relevant to the preparation of the
Sustainability Statement but not evaluating the
design of particular control activities, obtaining
evidence about their implementation or testing their
operating effectiveness;
· Evaluated whether the information identified by the
Process is included in the Sustainability Statement;
· Evaluated whether the structure and the presentation
of the Sustainability Statement are in accordance with
the ESRS;
· Performed inquiries of relevant personnel and
analytical procedures on selected information in the
Sustainability Statement;
· Performed substantive assurance procedures on
selected information in the Sustainability Statement;
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
181
AO Annual Report 2025
Independent Auditor's limited assurance report on the Sustainability StatementConsolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
Hellerup, 26 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no 33 77 12 31
Anders Stig Lauritsen Daniel Sitch
State Authorised Public Accountant State Authorised Public Accountant
mne32800 mne47889
· Where applicable, compared disclosures in the
Sustainability Statement with the corresponding
disclosures in the financial statements and manage-
ment’s review;
· Evaluated the methods, assumptions and data for
developing estimates and forward-looking information;
· Obtained an understanding of the Group’s process
to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned
economic activities and the corresponding disclo-
sures in the Sustainability Statement.
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
182
AO Annual Report 2025
Independent Auditor's limited assurance report on the Sustainability StatementConsolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
Company information
Brødrene A. & O. Johansen A/S
Rørvang
3
DK-2620 Albertslund
Phone: +45 70 28 00 00
Website: www.ao.dk
CVR number: 58 21 06 17
LEI code 5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR75
ID code: DK0060803831
Founded: 1914
Registered Office: Albertslund
Board of Directors
Henning Dyremose, Chair
Erik Holm, Deputy Chair
René Alberg
Ann Fogelgren
Peter Gath
Leif Hummel
Marlene L. Jakobsen
Niels A. Johansen
Executive Board
Niels A. Johansen, Chief Executive Officer
Stefan Funch Jensen, Chief Transformation Officer
Lili Johansen, Chief Human Resources Officer
Per Toelstang, Chief Financial Officer/Deputy Chief Executive Officer
Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held on 20 March 2026.
Company information
In brief Strategy Performance Corporate governance Sustainability statements Financial statements
183
AO Annual Report 2025
Company informationConsolidated financial statements Parent company financial statements Management’s statement and Auditor’s reports
Brødrene A & O Johansen A/S
rvang 3, DK-2620 Albertslund, Denmark
CVR no. 58 21 06 17
Annual reportAuditor's report on audited financial statementsParsePort XBRL Converter2025-01-012025-12-312024-01-012024-12-315299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR75Regnskabsklasse DOpinionBasis for Opinion5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-315299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-01-012024-12-315299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-12-315299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-12-315299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752023-12-315299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-12-31BRO:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31BRO:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-12-31BRO:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752023-12-31BRO:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-01-012024-12-31BRO:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember35299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember45299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember35299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember45299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember55299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember65299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember75299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember85299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25299004B6ZEGVCR9ZR752024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberiso4217:DKKiso4217:DKKxbrli:sharesxbrli:pure